AuroraMiddleware/gtk2
1
0
Fork 0
forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge branch 'master' into broadway2

Browse Source 
Doesn't build, but fixed up actual conflicts

Conflicts:
	configure.ac
	gdk/Makefile.am
	gtk/Makefile.am
This commit is contained in:
Alexander Larsson 2011-01-19 19:52:00 +01:00
commit 920e8b4343
707 changed files with 113169 additions and 100545 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

62
Makefile.am
View File

@ -47,47 +47,45 @@ MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = \
$(srcdir)/install-sh \
$(srcdir)/ltmain.sh \
$(srcdir)/missing \
$(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs \
$(srcdir)/omf.make \
$(srcdir)/xmldocs.make \
$(srcdir)/gtk-doc.make \
$(srcdir)/ChangeLog \
`find "$(srcdir)" -type f -name Makefile.in -print`
GDKTARGET=@gdktarget@
## Copy .pc files to target-specific names
gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc: gtk+-3.0.pc
rm -f gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc && \
cp gtk+-3.0.pc gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc
gtk+-x11-3.0.pc gtk+-win32-3.0.pc gtk+-quartz-3.0.pc: gtk+-3.0.pc
rm -f $@ && \
cp gtk+-3.0.pc $@
gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc: gdk-3.0.pc
rm -f gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc && \
cp gdk-3.0.pc gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc
gdk-x11-3.0.pc gdk-win32-3.0.pc gdk-quartz-3.0.pc: gdk-3.0.pc
rm -f $@ && \
cp gdk-3.0.pc $@
gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0-uninstalled.pc: gtk+-3.0-uninstalled.pc
rm -f gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0-uninstalled.pc && \
cp gtk+-3.0-uninstalled.pc gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0-uninstalled.pc
gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0-uninstalled.pc: gdk-3.0-uninstalled.pc
rm -f gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0-uninstalled.pc && \
cp gdk-3.0-uninstalled.pc gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0-uninstalled.pc
gtk+-*-3.0-uninstalled.pc: gtk+-3.0-uninstalled.pc
rm -f $@ && \
cp gtk+-3.0-uninstalled.pc $@
pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc gail-3.0.pc
pkgconfig_DATA = gdk-3.0.pc gtk+-3.0.pc gail-3.0.pc
pkgconfig_DATA += ${GDK_BACKENDS:%=gtk+-%-3.0.pc}
pkgconfig_DATA += ${GDK_BACKENDS:%=gdk-%-3.0.pc}
if OS_UNIX
pkgconfig_DATA += gtk+-unix-print-3.0.pc
endif
DISTCLEANFILES = \
gtk+-unix-print-3.0.pc \
gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc \
gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc \
gail-3.0.pc \
gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0-uninstalled.pc \
gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0-uninstalled.pc \
gail-3.0-uninstalled.pc \
DISTCLEANFILES = \
gtk+-unix-print-3.0.pc \
gtk+-3.0.pc \
gtk+-x11-3.0.pc \
gdk-3.0.pc \
gdk-x11-3.0.pc \
gail-3.0.pc \
gtk+-3.0-uninstalled.pc \
gail-3.0-uninstalled.pc \
config.lt
distclean-local:
@ -96,8 +94,7 @@ distclean-local:
fi
ChangeLog:
@echo Creating $@
@if test -d "$(srcdir)/.git"; then \
$(AM_V_GEN) if test -d "$(srcdir)/.git"; then \
(GIT_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/.git ./missing --run git log GTK_2_16_0^^.. --stat) | fmt --split-only > $@.tmp \
&& mv -f $@.tmp $@ \
|| ($(RM) $@.tmp; \
@ -109,20 +106,7 @@ ChangeLog:
echo A git checkout and git-log is required to generate this file >> $@); \
fi
## copy the default target for this platform to gdk-3.0.pc and gtk+-3.0.pc
DEFAULT_GDKTARGET=x11
install-data-hook:
(cd $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir) && \
test -f gdk-$(DEFAULT_GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc && \
test -f gtk+-$(DEFAULT_GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc && \
rm -f gdk-3.0.pc && cp -f gdk-$(DEFAULT_GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc gdk-3.0.pc && \
rm -f gtk+-3.0.pc && cp -f gtk+-$(DEFAULT_GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc gtk+-3.0.pc) || \
(cd $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir) && \
rm -f gdk-3.0.pc && cp -f gdk-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc gdk-3.0.pc && \
rm -f gtk+-3.0.pc && cp -f gtk+-$(GDKTARGET)-3.0.pc gtk+-3.0.pc)
uninstall-local:
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)/gdk-3.0.pc
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)/gtk+-3.0.pc
dist-hook:

10
Makefile.decl
View File

@ -17,9 +17,15 @@ XIDS = 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 197 199 211 223 227 293 307 308 309 310 311 \
1008 1009 4703 4721 4723 4729 4733 4751 9973 9974 9975 9976 9977 9978 9979 \
9980 9981 9982 9983 9984 9985 9986 9987 9988 9989 9990 9991 9992 9993 9994 \
9995 9996 9997 9998 9999
if USE_X11
SKIP_GDKTARGET = \
test "$(gdktarget)" != "x11" \
&& echo "Gtk+Tests:INFO: Skipping GUI tests for non-X11 target."
false
else
SKIP_GDKTARGET = \
echo "Gtk+Tests:INFO: Skipping GUI tests for non-X11 target."
endif
XVFB_START = \
${XVFB} -help 2>/dev/null 1>&2 \
&& XID=`for id in $(XIDS) ; do test -e /tmp/.X$$id-lock || { echo $$id; exit 0; }; done; exit 1` \

293
NEWS
View File

@ -1,3 +1,296 @@
Overview of Changes in GTK+ 2.99.2
==================================
* More widget are using GtkStyleContext directly:
GtkToolItemGroup, GtkMenuItem, GtkImageMenuItem, GtkMenu,
GtkTearoffMenuItem, GtkCheckMenuItem, GtkMenuShell
* gtk-builder-convert now accepts a --target-version option
* Bug fixes:
637965 GtkTreeCellDataFunc called with a wrong column arguments
639127 Misc Win32 GDK building problems
639157 GtkOrientable should add/remove "horizontal" and "vert...
639209 Allow toggling the GtkSwitch by clicking the handle
639286 include gtk/gtktextattributes.h not installed
639327 gtk-builder-convert needs to convert gtkcomboboxentry...
* Translation updates:
Arabic
Basque
Hebrew
Overview of Changes from GTK+ 2.99.0 to 2.99.1
==============================================
* More widgets are using GtkStyleContext directly:
GtkColorButton, GtkColorSelection, GtkHSV,
GtkFontSelection, GtkPrintUnixDialog, GtkImage,
GtkLayout, GtkViewport, GtkTextDisplay, GtkTextUtil,
GtkCalendar
* GtkBuilder support has been added for setting menus
on GtkMenuToolButtons and for adding tags to
GtkTextTagTable as well as adding items to
GtkComboBoxText
* Bug fixes:
350618 start rubber banding on "white space"
612918 Support disabling X11 extensions
635687 problem with pygtk or gtk with gtk.Plug and gtk.Socket...
638017 GtkTextView: Crash in gtk_text_view_set_tabs()
638119 GtkSpinner animation not correctly stopped...
638880 Need a setter for has_user_ref_count
639030 Small cleanup in gailtextview code.
639047 Fix remaining usage of g[dk]ktargetlib.
639079 Obtain the fg color from the renderer
639105 Port GtkTextDisplay to StyleContext.
639106 New CSS style misses distinction between "selected focused"...
639127 Misc Win32 GDK building problems
639157 GtkOrientable should add/ remove "horizontal" and "vertical"...
* Translation updates:
British English
Galician
Hebrew
Indonesian
Spanish
Overview of Changes from GTK+ 2.91.7 to 2.99.0
==============================================
* Deprecations and removals:
- Long-obsolete linuxfb-related GtkWindow APIs have been dropped
- All remaining G_SEALed struct members have been removed
- GtkThemeEngine has been removed
- gdk_display_get_window_at_device_position() has been renamed to
gdk_device_get_window_at_position()
- gdk_display_get_device_state() has been renamed to
gdk_device_get_position()
- gdk_device_set_source() has been dropped
- gdk_set_pointer_hooks(), gdk_display_set_pointer_hooks() and
gdk_display_set_device_hooks() have been removed
- The deprecated GtkNotebook:tab-pack child property has been removed
- The deprecated gtk_quit_add() functions have been removed
- The GtkRange update-policy facility has been removed
* The gtk-update-icon-cache and gtk-builder-convert utilities have
been renamed back to their un-suffixed names. Distributions will
have to resolve the conflict between GTK+ 2.x and 3.0 packages
by dropping one set of the utilities and adding a dependency.
* It is now possible to include multiple GDK backends in a single
library. The --with-gdk-backend option has been split into separate
--enable-{x11,win32,quartz}-backend options.
* The GDK Quartz backend has been ported to the new GDK backend API
* A number of widgets have been ported to use GtkStyleContext directly:
GtkAccelLabel, GtkArrow, GtkSeparator, GtkSpinButton, GtkMessageDialog,
GtkFrame, GtkEventBox, GtkScrolledWindow, GtkProgressBar, GtkEntry,
GtkFileChooserEntry, GtkSwitch, GtkHandleBox, GtkToolbar, GtkFixed,
GtkToolPalette, GtkAboutDialog, GtkAssistant, GtkTrayIcon, GtkPaned,
GtkToolButton, GtkSocket, GtkRecentChooser, GtkTooltip, GtkPathBar,
GtkWin32EmbedWidget, GtkCellView, GtkDialog, GtkDrawingArea, GtkPlug,
GtkEntryCompletion, GtkFileChooserButton, GtkFileChooser, GtkHandleBox,
GtkLinkButton, GtkOffscreenWindow
* Various problems with width-for-height geometry management have been
fixed in GtkAlignment, GtkCheckButton, GtkBin
* The GtkComboBox, GtkIconView and GtkCellView widgets have been ported
to use GtkCellArea for their cell layouts
* The cups print backend can now send print jobs directly in PDF if
cups supports it
* GtkNumerableIcon is a variant of GEmblemedIcon for using numbers
as emblems
* Bugs fixed:
144324 Leaking dnd contexts with XDnD
165987 unsets DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID
307963 GtkSpinButton clamps value with the wrong maximum.
321958 gtk.Calendar Notes should also say the format of year
533745 Segfault on gdk.DragContext.drag_get_selection()
553404 Out-of-date comment in gtk_text_view_add_child_in_window()
559503 Description should mention gregorian
560177 Applications should send print jobs to CUPS in PDF format...
562182 gtk_init() docs inaccurate
599130 Ending a drag using space or enter doesn't always cause a...
617312 Move documentation to inline comments: GtkDialog
617315 Move documentation to inline comments: GtkDrawingArea
617322 Move documentation to inline comments: GtkEntryCompletion
617327 Move documentation to inline comments: GtkExpander
617471 Migrate API docs from templates to source files...
621720 Use $(AM_V_GEN) to silent the build a bit.
622125 Note that gtk_show_uri needs gvfs to spawn URLs
629955 Deprecate/remove gtk_main and gtk_init_add/remove* API
633795 gdk_event_get_state wrongly extracts GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY...
634711 Xlib warning when RANDR is missing
635299 add gtk_selection_data_get_data_with_length API...
637691 Eating events breaks proxied DND
637721 gtk 2.91.6 issue with gtkcellrendererprogress
637736 [GtkAboutDialog] Newlines are ignored in translator-credits
637763 [GtkAboutDialog] no longer display contact link
637834 gtk_widget_verify_invariants: relax toplevel checks
637849 Shell segfaults when unicode characters after U+00FF...
637895 gdk_pointer_grab() deprecated comment is not helpful enough
637907 gtkwindow.h includes a private header
637910 GtkSpinner - does not animate
637958 print dialog doesn't fit on netbook screen size
637974 Gtk+ 2.91.7 build of introspection fails
638179 in draw signal handle call gtk_style_context_add_provider...
638193 GtkSpinButton documentation out of date
638231 GtkSwitch states translation
638386 gdk_x11_display_init_input careless
638580 'application' window's property released too late
638608 gtkenums: add GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL = 0
* Updated translations:
Estonian
Kurdish
Norwegian bokmål
Punjabi
Spanish
Swedish
Uighur
Overview of Changes from GTK+ 2.91.6 to 2.91.7
==============================================
* The treeview-refactor branch has been merged, bringing more
flexible cell arrangement with GtkCellArea, GtkCellAreaBox, etc
* The gdk-backend branch has been merged. This branch cleans up the
internal frontend/backend separation in GDK, with the ultimate goal
of allowing to build a single gdk library that contains multiple
backends (interesting combinations are x11+wayland or quartz+x11).
For now, GDK is still restricted to a single backend, but
as a first step, the libraries no longer include the backend name
in their soname, but are just libgdk-3.0.so and libgtk-3.0.so.
Only the x11 backend has been kept up to date with this cleanup
work, other backends are broken in this release.
* Deprecations and removals:
- G_SEALed struct members have been removed from GtkWindowGroup,
GtkDrawingArea, GtkTreeStore, GtkTreeModelSort, GtkTreeSelection,
GtkSocket, GtkPrintJob, GtkSelectionData
- Input device handling:
- gdk_display_list_devices, gdk_display_get_core_pointer,
gdk_input_set_extension_events, gtk_widget_set_extension_events,
gdk_devices_list have been removed
- gdk_display_warp_device has been replaced by gdk_device_warp
- gdk_enable_multidevice has been replaced by gdk_disable_multidevice
- Drag-and-Drop:
gdk_drag_context_new, gdk_drag_find_window and gdk_drag_get_protocol
have been removed
- Property handling:
Functions that deal with X11-specific encodings such as Compound Text
have been moved to backend-specific API:
gdk_string_to_compound_text[_for_display],
gdk_utf8_to_compound_text[_for_display], gdk_free_compound_text,
gdk_text_property_to_text_list[_for_display], gdk_free_text_list,
gdk_text_property_to_utf8_list
- Foreign windows:
Functions for dealing with GdkWindow wrappers around foreign
windows have been moved to backend-specific API.
- Application launching:
The gdk_spawn_* APIs have been removed, since they were trivial
wrappers around g_spawn_* on most platforms and can be replaced
by GIO GAppInfo APIs.
- Misc. other functions: gdk_net_wm_supports, gdk_set_locale,
gdkx_visual_get have been either removed, gdk_set_sm_client_id
has been moved to backend-specific API.
* A number of GTK+ widgets have been ported to use GtkStyleContext
directly for rendering
* The tracker search backend for the file chooser has been updated
to work with libtracker-sparql as available in tracker >= 0.9
* The GtkAboutDialog has been given a facelift. It no longer
opens second-level dialogs
* The GDK X11 backend now uses XI2 (including multi-device capabilities)
by default. Use gdk_disable_multidevice() to switch back to the
XI1/Core implementation
* Bug fixes:
629923 Consider always calling unmap() when unsetting MAPPED flag
634657 Dynamically attached calendar does not respond to mouse clicks
635401 Setting conflict warning does not disappear when conflict is fixed
636732 Gtk+ fails to build
636777 Leak in gtk_css_provider_get_named
637018 Add checks for id-column/entry-text-column >= 0
637069 Custom print settings set in custom-widget-apply are lost
637155 Remove vestiges of support for themes using XSHAPE
637156 Optimize gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL, ...)
637189 gtk_cell_renderer_spin_start_editing uses g_ascii_strtod but...
637243 docs: fix link failure on gtk-doc scanner binaries
637256 gtkstylecontext: fix typos in annotations
637464 Fix GdkWindowFilter internal refcounting
637471 GTK2_RC_FILES should be renamed to GTK3_RC_FILES
637520 Gtk+ seems to have broken Mutter
637606 Missing out annotations for gtk_accelerator_parse and...
637608 Problems with the new AboutDialog
* Translation updates:
Estonian
Hebrew
Kazakh
Norwegian bokmål
Persian
Spanish
Vietnamese
Overview of Changes from GTK+ 2.91.5 to 2.91.6
==============================================
* Deprecations, cleanups and API changes:
- GdkDrawable and some X11-specific APIs have been removed
- GtkStyle and GtkRcStyle have been deprecated
- The GdkWindowClass enumeration is now GdkWindowWindowClass
- gdk_window_get_geometry lost its depth argument
- The old, unused gtk_decorated_window_... functions have
been removed.
* GtkComboBox has gained an 'active id' property that is
intended for easy binding to settings
* GtkAppChooser: A new family of widgets that allow choosing
an application to open a file. This is strongly based on
the corresponding nautilus dialog, which it is replacing.
* The GtkStyleContext branch has been merged, changing the APIs
that are used to do themed drawing, and the theme engine interfaces.
Among the new classes are GtkStyleContext (replacing GtkStyle) and
GtkCssProvider (replacing the gtkrc parser). The migration guide
contains a chapter about porting from GtkStyle to GtkStyleContext.
* Bugs fixed:
549720 Add a way to hide GtkScale's slider
582557 need open with dialog box to use with IBM's Lotus Notes...
619148 "active ID" properties (GtkComboBox)
636060 use ATK_DEFINE_TYPE where possible
636129 invalid uninstantiatable type `(null)' in cast to `GtkSpinner'
636388 gtk3-demo craches (segfault) when pressing a key in the textarea...
636511 New style override functions do not work on textview
* Updated translations:
Estonian
Galician
Hebrew
Persian
Slovenian
Spanish
Overview of Changes from GTK+ 2.91.4 to 2.91.5
==============================================

2
README.win32
View File

@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ LDFLAGS="-L/devel/dist/${ARCH}/${LIBPNG}/lib \
LIBS=-lintl \
CFLAGS=-O2 \
./configure \
--with-gdktarget=win32 \
--enable-win32-backend \
--disable-gdiplus \
--with-included-immodules \
--without-libjasper \

134
autogen.sh
View File

@ -1,130 +1,32 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
srcdir=`dirname $0`
test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=.
test -n "$srcdir" || srcdir=`dirname "$0"`
test -n "$srcdir" || srcdir=.
ORIGDIR=`pwd`
cd $srcdir
PROJECT=Gtk+
TEST_TYPE=-d
FILE=gdk
olddir=`pwd`
cd "$srcdir"
DIE=0
have_libtool=false
if libtoolize --version < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
libtool_version=`libtoolize --version |
head -1 |
sed -e 's/^\(.*\)([^)]*)\(.*\)$/\1\2/g' \
-e 's/^[^0-9]*\([0-9.][0-9.]*\).*/\1/'`
case $libtool_version in
2.*)
have_libtool=true
;;
esac
fi
if $have_libtool ; then : ; else
echo
echo "You must have libtool 2.2 installed to compile $PROJECT."
echo "Install the appropriate package for your distribution,"
echo "or get the source tarball at http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtool/"
DIE=1
fi
(gtkdocize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
echo
echo "You must have gtk-doc installed to compile $PROJECT."
echo "Install the appropriate package for your distribution,"
echo "or get the source tarball at http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/gtk-doc/"
DIE=1
}
(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
echo
echo "You must have autoconf installed to compile $PROJECT."
echo "Install the appropriate package for your distribution,"
echo "or get the source tarball at http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/"
DIE=1
}
if automake-1.11 --version < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
AUTOMAKE=automake-1.11
ACLOCAL=aclocal-1.11
else if automake-1.10 --version < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
AUTOMAKE=automake-1.10
ACLOCAL=aclocal-1.10
GTKDOCIZE=`which gtkdocize`
if test -z $GTKDOCIZE; then
echo "*** No GTK-Doc found, please install it ***"
exit 1
else
echo
echo "You must have automake 1,10.x or 1.11.x installed to compile $PROJECT."
echo "Install the appropriate package for your distribution,"
echo "or get the source tarball at http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/automake/"
DIE=1
gtkdocize || exit $?
fi
fi
if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
exit 1
fi
test $TEST_TYPE $FILE || {
echo "You must run this script in the top-level $PROJECT directory"
exit 1
}
# NOCONFIGURE is used by gnome-common; support both
if ! test -z "$AUTOGEN_SUBDIR_MODE"; then
NOCONFIGURE=1
fi
if test -z "$NOCONFIGURE"; then
if test -z "$*"; then
echo "I am going to run ./configure with no arguments - if you wish "
echo "to pass any to it, please specify them on the $0 command line."
fi
fi
if test -z "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"; then
acdir=`$ACLOCAL --print-ac-dir`
m4list="glib-2.0.m4 glib-gettext.m4"
for file in $m4list
do
if [ ! -f "$acdir/$file" ]; then
echo "WARNING: aclocal's directory is $acdir, but..."
echo " no file $acdir/$file"
echo " You may see fatal macro warnings below."
echo " If these files are installed in /some/dir, set the ACLOCAL_FLAGS "
echo " environment variable to \"-I /some/dir\", or install"
echo " $acdir/$file."
echo ""
fi
done
fi
rm -rf autom4te.cache
# README and INSTALL are required by automake, but may be deleted by clean
# up rules. to get automake to work, simply touch these here, they will be
# regenerated from their corresponding *.in files by ./configure anyway.
touch README INSTALL
gtkdocize || exit $?
$ACLOCAL -I m4 $ACLOCAL_FLAGS || exit $?
libtoolize --force || exit $?
autoheader || exit $?
$AUTOMAKE --add-missing || exit $?
autoconf || exit $?
cd $ORIGDIR || exit $?
if test -z "$NOCONFIGURE"; then
$srcdir/configure --enable-maintainer-mode $AUTOGEN_CONFIGURE_ARGS "$@" || exit $?
echo
echo "Now type 'make' to compile $PROJECT."
AUTORECONF=`which autoreconf`
if test -z $AUTORECONF; then
echo "*** No autoreconf found, please install it ***"
exit 1
else
autoreconf --force --install --verbose || exit $?
fi
cd "$olddir"
test -n "$NOCONFIGURE" || "$srcdir/configure" "$@"

21
build/win32/vs9/gdk-win32.vcproj
View File

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
Optimization="0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG;$(GdkDefines);INSIDE_GDK_WIN32"
MinimalRebuild="true"
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="$(GdkDefines);INSIDE_GDK_WIN32"
RuntimeLibrary="2"
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
Optimization="0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG;$(GdkDefines);INSIDE_GDK_WIN32"
MinimalRebuild="true"
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="$(GdkDefines);INSIDE_GDK_WIN32"
RuntimeLibrary="2"
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
@ -122,29 +122,24 @@
Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"
UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"
>
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkapplaunchcontext-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkcolor-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkcursor-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkdevice-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkdevice-wintab.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkdevicemanager-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkdisplay-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkdnd-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkdrawable-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkevents-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkfont-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkgc-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkgeometry-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkglobals-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkim-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkinput-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkinput.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkkeys-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkmain-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkpixmap-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkproperty-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkscreen-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkselection-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkspawn-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdktestutils-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkvisual-win32.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkwin32displaymanager.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkwin32id.c" />
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\win32\gdkwindow-win32.c" />
</Filter>

17
build/win32/vs9/gdk.vcprojin
View File

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
Optimization="0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG;$(GdkDefines)"
MinimalRebuild="true"
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib imm32.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="imm32.lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(GtkDllPrefix)$(ProjectName)-win32$(GtkDllSuffix).dll"
LinkIncremental="2"
ModuleDefinitionFile="$(IntDir)\gdk.def"
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="$(GdkDefines)"
RuntimeLibrary="2"
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib imm32.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="imm32.lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(GtkDllPrefix)$(ProjectName)-win32$(GtkDllSuffix).dll"
LinkIncremental="2"
ModuleDefinitionFile="$(IntDir)\gdk.def"
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
Optimization="0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG;$(GdkDefines)"
MinimalRebuild="true"
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib imm32.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="imm32.lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(GtkDllPrefix)$(ProjectName)-win32$(GtkDllSuffix).dll"
LinkIncremental="2"
ModuleDefinitionFile="$(IntDir)\gdk.def"
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="$(GdkDefines)"
RuntimeLibrary="2"
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib imm32.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="imm32.lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(GtkDllPrefix)$(ProjectName)-win32$(GtkDllSuffix).dll"
LinkIncremental="2"
ModuleDefinitionFile="$(IntDir)\gdk.def"
@ -216,6 +216,7 @@
UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"
>
#include "libgdk.sourcefiles"
<File RelativePath="..\..\..\gdk\gdkkeynames.c" />
</Filter>
</Files>
</VisualStudioProject>

35
build/win32/vs9/gtk+.vsprops
View File

@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\lib\glib-2.0\include;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\glib-2.0;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\cairo;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\atk-1.0;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\pango-1.0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\lib\glib-2.0\include;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\glib-2.0;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\cairo;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\atk-1.0;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\pango-1.0;$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\include\GdkPixbuf-2.0"
PreprocessorDefinitions="HAVE_CONFIG_H;G_DISABLE_DEPRECATED;G_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES;ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES;GDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES;GTK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES"
ForcedIncludeFiles="msvc_recommended_pragmas.h"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="gdk_pixbuf-2.0.lib gio-2.0.lib gmodule-2.0.lib gobject-2.0.lib glib-2.0.lib intl.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="gdk_pixbuf-2.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib pango-1.0.lib cairo.lib gio-2.0.lib gmodule-2.0.lib gobject-2.0.lib glib-2.0.lib intl.lib"
AdditionalLibraryDirectories="$(GlibEtcInstallRoot)\lib"
/>
<Tool
@ -24,9 +24,7 @@ if exist ..\..\..\config.h goto DONE_CONFIG_H&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\config.h.win32 ..\..\..\config.h&#x0D;&#x0A;
:DONE_CONFIG_H&#x0D;&#x0A;
if exist ..\..\..\gdk\gdkconfig.h goto DONE_GDKCONFIG_H&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkconfig.h.win32 ..\..\..\gdk\gdkconfig.h&#x0D;&#x0A;
:DONE_GDKCONFIG_H&#x0D;&#x0A;
"
/>
<UserMacro
@ -87,10 +85,8 @@ copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkdevicemanager.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkdisplay.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkdisplaymanager.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkdnd.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkdrawable.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkenumtypes.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkevents.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkinput.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkkeys.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkkeysyms.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkmain.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -102,7 +98,6 @@ copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkrectangle.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkrgba.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkscreen.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkselection.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkspawn.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdktestutils.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkthreads.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdktypes.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -123,6 +118,10 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkactiongroup.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkactivatable.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkadjustment.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkalignment.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkappchooser.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkappchooserbutton.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkappchooserdialog.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkappchooserwidget.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkapplication.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkarrow.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkaspectframe.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -131,10 +130,14 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkbbox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkbin.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkbindings.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkbox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkborder.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkbuildable.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkbuilder.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkbutton.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcalendar.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcellarea.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcellareabox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcellareacontext.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcelleditable.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcelllayout.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcellrenderer.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -156,6 +159,7 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcolorseldialog.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcombobox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcomboboxtext.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcontainer.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkcssprovider.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkdebug.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkdialog.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkdnd.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -176,12 +180,12 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkfixed.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkfontbutton.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkfontsel.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkframe.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkgradient.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkgrid.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkhandlebox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkhbbox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkhbox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkhpaned.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkhruler.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkhscale.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkhscrollbar.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkhseparator.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -212,6 +216,7 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkmisc.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkmodules.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkmountoperation.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtknotebook.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtknumerableicon.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkoffscreenwindow.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkorientable.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkpagesetup.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -237,7 +242,6 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkrecentchoosermenu.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkrecentchooserwidget.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkrecentfilter.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkrecentmanager.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkruler.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkscale.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkscalebutton.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkscrollable.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -258,6 +262,11 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkstatusbar.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkstatusicon.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkstock.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkstyle.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkstylecontext.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkstyleproperties.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkstyleprovider.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkswitch.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtksymboliccolor.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktable.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktearoffmenuitem.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktestutils.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -271,6 +280,7 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktextmark.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktexttag.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktexttagtable.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktextview.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkthemingengine.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktoggleaction.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktogglebutton.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktoggletoolbutton.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -291,7 +301,6 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktreestore.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktreeview.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktreeviewcolumn.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktypebuiltins.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtktypeutils.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkuimanager.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkvbbox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkvbox.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
@ -299,15 +308,15 @@ copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkversion.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkviewport.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkvolumebutton.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkvpaned.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkvruler.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkvscale.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkvscrollbar.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkvseparator.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkwidget.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkwidgetpath.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gtk\gtkwindow.h $(OutDir)\include\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\gtk&#x0D;&#x0A;
mkdir $(OutDir)\lib\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\include&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkconfig.h $(OutDir)\lib\gtk-$(GtkApiVersion)\include&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy ..\..\..\gdk\gdkconfig.h $(OutDir)\include\gdk&#x0D;&#x0A;
copy $(ConfigurationName)\$(PlatformName)\bin\*-$(GtkApiVersion).lib $(OutDir)\lib&#x0D;&#x0A;
"
@ -318,7 +327,7 @@ copy $(ConfigurationName)\$(PlatformName)\bin\*-$(GtkApiVersion).lib $(OutDir)\l
/>
<UserMacro
Name="GtkGenerateGtkDef"
Value="echo EXPORTS &gt;&quot;$(IntDir)\gtk.def&quot; &amp;&amp; cl /EP -DINCLUDE_VARIABLES -DG_OS_WIN32 -DALL_FILES -DG_GNUC_MALLOC= -DG_GNUC_CONST= -DG_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED= -DG_GNUC_PRINTF=;G_GNUC_PRINTF ..\..\..\gtk\gtk.symbols &gt;&gt;&quot;$(IntDir)\gtk.def&quot;"
Value="echo EXPORTS &gt;&quot;$(IntDir)\gtk.def&quot; &amp;&amp; cl /EP -DGDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 -DINCLUDE_VARIABLES -DG_OS_WIN32 -DALL_FILES -DG_GNUC_MALLOC= -DG_GNUC_CONST= -DG_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED= -DG_GNUC_PRINTF=;G_GNUC_PRINTF ..\..\..\gtk\gtk.symbols &gt;&gt;&quot;$(IntDir)\gtk.def&quot;"
/>
<UserMacro
Name="GtkLibtoolCompatibleDllPrefix"

16
build/win32/vs9/gtk-demo.vcproj
View File

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
Optimization="0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG;$(GtkPrefixDefine)"
MinimalRebuild="true"
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib"
AdditionalDependencies=""
LinkIncremental="2"
GenerateDebugInformation="true"
SubSystem="1"
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
Optimization="0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG;$(GtkPrefixDefine)"
MinimalRebuild="true"
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib"
AdditionalDependencies=""
LinkIncremental="2"
GenerateDebugInformation="true"
SubSystem="1"
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
PreprocessorDefinitions="$(GtkPrefixDefine)"
RuntimeLibrary="2"
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib"
AdditionalDependencies=""
LinkIncremental="1"
GenerateDebugInformation="true"
SubSystem="1"
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
PreprocessorDefinitions="$(GtkPrefixDefine)"
RuntimeLibrary="2"
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib"
AdditionalDependencies=""
LinkIncremental="1"
GenerateDebugInformation="true"
SubSystem="1"

16
build/win32/vs9/gtk.vcprojin
View File

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
Optimization="0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gtk"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG;$(GtkDefines)"
MinimalRebuild="true"
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib atk-1.0.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib pangowin32-1.0.lib imm32.lib winspool.lib comctl32.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="atk-1.0.lib pangowin32-1.0.lib imm32.lib winspool.lib comctl32.lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(GtkDllPrefix)$(ProjectName)-win32$(GtkDllSuffix).dll"
LinkIncremental="2"
ModuleDefinitionFile="$(IntDir)\gtk.def"
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="$(GtkDefines)"
RuntimeLibrary="2"
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib atk-1.0.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib pangowin32-1.0.lib imm32.lib winspool.lib comctl32.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="atk-1.0.lib pangowin32-1.0.lib imm32.lib winspool.lib comctl32.lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(GtkDllPrefix)$(ProjectName)-win32$(GtkDllSuffix).dll"
LinkIncremental="2"
ModuleDefinitionFile="$(IntDir)\gtk.def"
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
Optimization="0"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG;$(GtkDefines)"
MinimalRebuild="true"
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib atk-1.0.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib pangowin32-1.0.lib imm32.lib winspool.lib comctl32.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="atk-1.0.lib pangowin32-1.0.lib imm32.lib winspool.lib comctl32.lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(GtkDllPrefix)$(ProjectName)-win32$(GtkDllSuffix).dll"
LinkIncremental="2"
ModuleDefinitionFile="$(IntDir)\gtk.def"
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk-pixbuf;..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\..\..\gdk;..\..\..\gdk\win32"
PreprocessorDefinitions="$(GtkDefines)"
RuntimeLibrary="2"
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
AdditionalDependencies="cairo.lib atk-1.0.lib pango-1.0.lib pangocairo-1.0.lib pangowin32-1.0.lib imm32.lib winspool.lib comctl32.lib"
AdditionalDependencies="atk-1.0.lib pangowin32-1.0.lib imm32.lib winspool.lib comctl32.lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(GtkDllPrefix)$(ProjectName)-win32$(GtkDllSuffix).dll"
LinkIncremental="2"
ModuleDefinitionFile="$(IntDir)\gtk.def"

484
configure.ac
View File

@ -9,8 +9,8 @@
# set GTK_BINARY_AGE and GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
m4_define([gtk_major_version], [2])
m4_define([gtk_minor_version], [91])
m4_define([gtk_micro_version], [6])
m4_define([gtk_minor_version], [99])
m4_define([gtk_micro_version], [3])
m4_define([gtk_interface_age], [0])
m4_define([gtk_binary_age],
[m4_eval(100 * gtk_minor_version + gtk_micro_version)])
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ m4_define([gtk_version],
# This is the X.Y used in -lgtk-FOO-X.Y
m4_define([gtk_api_version], [3.0])
AC_PREREQ([2.64])
AC_PREREQ([2.62])
AC_INIT([gtk+], [gtk_version],
[http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk%2B],
[gtk+])
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
m4_define([gtk_binary_version], [3.0.0])
# required versions of other packages
m4_define([glib_required_version], [2.27.3])
m4_define([glib_required_version], [2.27.5])
m4_define([pango_required_version], [1.20])
m4_define([atk_required_version], [1.29.2])
m4_define([cairo_required_version], [1.10.0])
@ -236,42 +236,138 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug=@<:@no/minimum/yes@:>@],
[turn on debugging @<:@default=debug_default@:>@]),,
enable_debug=debug_default)
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xkb],
[support XKB [default=maybe]])],,
[enable_xkb="maybe"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xinerama,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xinerama],
[support xinerama extension if available [default=yes]])],,
[enable_xinerama="yes"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rebuilds,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-rebuilds],
[disable all source autogeneration rules])],,
[enable_rebuilds=yes])
AC_ARG_WITH(xinput,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-xinput=@<:@no/yes@:>@], [support XInput])])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtk2-dependency,
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-gtk2-dependency],
[Do not build gtk-update-icon-cache and other shared tools]),,
[enable_gtk2_dependency=no])
if test "$platform_win32" = yes; then
gdktarget=win32
else
gdktarget=x11
AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_ICON_CACHE, [test "x$enable_gtk2_dependency" = xno])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xkb],
[support XKB extension [default=maybe]])],,
[enable_xkb="maybe"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xinerama,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xinerama],
[support Xinerama extension if available [default=maybe]])],,
[enable_xinerama="maybe"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xinput,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xinput],
[support XInput extension if available [default=yes]])],,
[enable_xinput="maybe"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xrandr,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xrandr],
[support XRandR extension if available [default=maybe]])],,
[enable_xrandr="maybe"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xfixes,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xfixes],
[support XFixes extension if available [default=maybe]])],,
[enable_xfixes="maybe"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xcomposite,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xcomposite],
[support X Composite extension if available [default=maybe]])],,
[enable_xcomposite="maybe"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xdamage,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xdamage],
[support X Damage extension if available [default=maybe]])],,
[enable_xdamage="maybe"])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(x11-backend,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-x11-backend],
[enable the X11 gdk backend])],
[backend_set=yes])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(win32-backend,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-win32-backend],
[enable the Win32 gdk backend])],
[backend_set=yes])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(quartz-backend,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-quartz-backend],
[enable the quartz gdk backend])],
[backend_set=yes])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(broadway-backend,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-broadway-backend],
[enable the broadway (HTML5) gdk backend])],
[backend_set=yes])
if test -z "$backend_set"; then
if test "$platform_win32" = yes; then
enable_win32_backend=yes
else
enable_x11_backend=yes
fi
fi
AC_ARG_WITH(gdktarget, [ --with-gdktarget=[[x11/win32/quartz/broadway]] select non-default GDK target],
gdktarget=$with_gdktarget)
cairo_backends=
backend_immodules=
GDK_BACKENDS=
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS=
GDK_EXTRA_CFLAGS=
GDK_WINDOWING=
GIO_PACKAGE=gio-2.0
PANGO_PACKAGES="pango pangocairo"
AC_SUBST(gdktarget)
case $gdktarget in
x11|win32|quartz|broadway) ;;
*) AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid target for GDK: use x11, broadway, quartz or win32.]);;
esac
if test "x$enable_x11_backend" == xyes; then
# GDK calls the xlib backend "x11," cairo calls it "xlib." Other
# backend names are identical.
cairo_backends="$cairo_backends cairo-xlib"
GDK_BACKENDS="$GDK_BACKENDS x11"
# Pull in gio-unix for GDesktopAppInfo usage, see at least
# gdkapplaunchcontext-x11.c
GIO_PACKAGE=gio-unix-2.0
backend_immodules="$backend_immodules,xim"
GDK_WINDOWING="$GDK_WINDOWING
#define GDK_WINDOWING_X11"
fi
gdktargetlib=libgdk-$gdktarget-$GTK_API_VERSION.la
gtktargetlib=libgtk-$gdktarget-$GTK_API_VERSION.la
if test "x$enable_win32_backend" == xyes; then
cairo_backends="$cairo_backends cairo-win32"
GDK_BACKENDS="$GDK_BACKENDS win32"
backend_immodules="$backend_immodules,ime"
GDK_WINDOWING="$GDK_WINDOWING
#define GDK_NATIVE_WINDOW_POINTER
#define GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32"
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS="$GDK_EXTRA_LIBS -lgdi32 -limm32 -lshell32 -lole32 -Wl,-luuid"
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_WIN32, true)
PANGO_PACKAGES="pangowin32 pangocairo"
else
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_WIN32, false)
fi
AC_SUBST(gdktargetlib)
AC_SUBST(gtktargetlib)
if test "x$enable_quartz_backend" == xyes; then
cairo_backends="$cairo_backends cairo-quartz"
GDK_BACKENDS="$GDK_BACKENDS quartz"
GDK_WINDOWING="$GDK_WINDOWING
#define GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ"
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS="$GDK_EXTRA_LIBS -framework Cocoa"
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_QUARTZ, true)
else
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_QUARTZ, false)
fi
if test "x$enable_broadway_backend" == xyes; then
GDK_BACKENDS="$GDK_BACKENDS broadway"
GDK_WINDOWING="$GDK_WINDOWING
#define GDK_WINDOWING_BROADWAY"
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS="$GDK_EXTRA_LIBS -lz"
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_BROADWAY, true)
else
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_BROADWAY, false)
fi
# strip leading space
GDK_BACKENDS=${GDK_BACKENDS/# }
AC_SUBST(GDK_BACKENDS)
if test -z "$GDK_BACKENDS"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([No GDK backends selected.])
fi
if test "x$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
test "$cflags_set" = set || CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g"
@ -364,21 +460,7 @@ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(BASE_DEPENDENCIES,
cairo-gobject >= cairo_required_version dnl
gdk-pixbuf-2.0 >= gdk_pixbuf_required_version])
## In addition to checking that cairo is present, we also need to
## check that the correct cairo backend is there. E.g. if the GDK
## target is win32 we need the cairo-win32 backend and so on.
cairo_backend=cairo-$gdktarget
# GDK calls the xlib backend "x11," cairo calls it "xlib." Other
# backend names are identical.
if test "x$cairo_backend" = "xcairo-x11"; then
cairo_backend=cairo-xlib
fi
if test "x$cairo_backend" = "xcairo-broadway"; then
cairo_backend=cairo
fi
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(CAIRO_BACKEND,
[$cairo_backend >= cairo_required_version])
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(CAIRO_BACKEND, [$cairo_backends])
if test "$os_win32" != yes; then
# libtool option to control which symbols are exported
@ -669,53 +751,6 @@ else
fi
fi
# `widechar' tests for gdki18n.h
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for wchar.h)
AC_TRY_CPP([#include <wchar.h>], gdk_wchar_h=yes, gdk_wchar_h=no)
if test $gdk_wchar_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_H, 1, [Have wchar.h include file])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT($gdk_wchar_h)
# Check for wctype.h (for iswalnum)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for wctype.h)
AC_TRY_CPP([#include <wctype.h>], gdk_wctype_h=yes, gdk_wctype_h=no)
if test $gdk_wctype_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCTYPE_H, 1, [Have wctype.h include file])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT($gdk_wctype_h)
# in Solaris 2.5, `iswalnum' is in -lw
GDK_WLIBS=
AC_CHECK_FUNC(iswalnum,,[AC_CHECK_LIB(w,iswalnum,GDK_WLIBS=-lw)])
oLIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_WLIBS"
# The following is necessary for Linux libc-5.4.38
AC_MSG_CHECKING(if iswalnum() and friends are properly defined)
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],[
#if (defined(HAVE_WCTYPE_H) || defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H))
# ifdef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
# include <wctype.h>
# else
# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
# include <wchar.h>
# endif
# endif
#else
# define iswalnum(c) ((wchar_t)(c) <= 0xFF && isalnum(c))
#endif
iswalnum((wchar_t) 0);
], gdk_working_wctype=yes, gdk_working_wctype=no)
LIBS="$oLIBS"
if test $gdk_working_wctype = no; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_WCTYPE, 1, [Is the wctype implementation broken])
GDK_WLIBS=
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT($gdk_working_wctype)
AC_SUBST(GDK_WLIBS)
# Check for uxtheme.h (for MS-Windows Engine)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for uxtheme.h)
AC_TRY_CPP([#include <uxtheme.h>], gtk_uxtheme_h=yes, gtk_uxtheme_h=no)
@ -735,6 +770,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(modules,
[disable dynamic module loading])])
dynworks=false
build_dynamic_modules=no
deps=
if test x$enable_modules = xno; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
@ -762,10 +798,12 @@ else
fi
if $dynworks; then
build_dynamic_modules=yes
AC_DEFINE(USE_GMODULE, 1,
[Define to 1 if gmodule works and should be used])
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
else
build_dynamic_modules=no
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
fi
@ -782,8 +820,8 @@ dnl AC_HELP_STRING cause problems.
dnl AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-immodules=MODULE1 MODULE2 ...],
dnl [build the specified input method modules into gtk])
AC_ARG_WITH(included_immodules,
[ --with-included-immodules=MODULE1,MODULE2,...
build the specified input methods into gtk])
AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-immodules=MODULE1,MODULE2,...],
[build the specified input methods into gtk]))
if $dynworks; then
:
@ -794,14 +832,7 @@ else
fi
fi
all_immodules="am-et,cedilla,cyrillic-translit"
if test "$gdktarget" = "win32"; then
all_immodules="${all_immodules},ime"
fi
all_immodules="${all_immodules},inuktitut,ipa,multipress,thai,ti-er,ti-et,viqr"
if test "$gdktarget" = "x11"; then
all_immodules="${all_immodules},xim"
fi
all_immodules="am-et,cedilla,cyrillic-translit,inuktitut,ipa,multipress,thai,ti-er,ti-et,viqr$backend_immodules"
included_immodules=""
# If the switch specified without listing any specific ones, include all
@ -865,13 +896,15 @@ dnl Look for a host system's gdk-pixbuf-csource if we are cross-compiling
AM_CONDITIONAL(CROSS_COMPILING, test $cross_compiling = yes)
if test $cross_compiling = yes; then
if test "x$cross_compiling" = xyes || test "x$enable_gtk2_dependency" = xyes; then
AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_UPDATE_ICON_CACHE, gtk-update-icon-cache, no)
if test x$GTK_UPDATE_ICON_CACHE = xno; then
REBUILD_PNGS=#
fi
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_EXTERNAL_ICON_CACHE, [test "x$cross_compiling" = xyes || test "x$enable_gtk2_dependency" = xyes])
AC_PATH_PROG(GDK_PIXBUF_CSOURCE, gdk-pixbuf-csource, no)
if test ! -f $srcdir/gtk/gtkbuiltincache.h &&
@ -886,14 +919,12 @@ fi
# Windowing system checks
########################################
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS="$GDK_WLIBS"
GDK_EXTRA_CFLAGS=
# GTK+ uses some X calls, so needs to link against X directly
GTK_DEP_PACKAGES_FOR_X=
GTK_DEP_LIBS_FOR_X=
X_EXTENSIONS=
if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
if test "x$enable_x11_backend" == xyes; then
X_PACKAGES=fontconfig
#
@ -991,10 +1022,13 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
# Check for XKB support.
if test "x$enable_xkb" = "xyes"; then
AC_MSG_WARN(XKB support explicitly enabled)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKB, 1, [Define to use XKB extension])
AC_CHECK_FUNC(XkbQueryExtension,
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS XKB"
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKB, 1, [Define to use XKB extension]),
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** XKB extension not found. Check 'config.log' for more details.]))
elif test "x$enable_xkb" = "xmaybe"; then
AC_CHECK_FUNC(XkbQueryExtension,
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS XKB"
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKB, 1, [Define to use XKB extension]))
else
AC_MSG_WARN(XKB support explicitly disabled)
@ -1016,19 +1050,23 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
CFLAGS="$gtk_save_CFLAGS"
if test "x$enable_xinerama" = "xyes"; then
if test "x$enable_xinerama" != "xno"; then
# Check for Xinerama extension (Solaris impl or Xfree impl)
have_xfree_xinerama=false
have_solaris_xinerama=false
gtk_save_cppflags="$CPPFLAGS"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $x_cflags"
# Check for XFree
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Xinerama support on XFree86)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Xinerama packages)
have_xfree_xinerama=false
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists xinerama ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
have_xfree_xinerama=true
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xinerama"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xinerama, XineramaQueryExtension,
[AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/Xinerama.h,
[GTK_ADD_LIB(x_extra_libs,Xinerama)
@ -1037,14 +1075,12 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
fi
if $have_xfree_xinerama ; then
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS Xinerama"
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFREE_XINERAMA, 1,
[Define to 1 if XFree Xinerama is available])
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XINERAMA, 1,
[Define to 1 is Xinerama is available])
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
case "$host" in
*-*-solaris*)
# Check for solaris
@ -1057,6 +1093,7 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])])
if $have_solaris_xinerama ; then
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS Xinerama"
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS_XINERAMA, 1,
[Define to 1 if solaris xinerama is available])
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XINERAMA, 1,
@ -1071,9 +1108,14 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
esac
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_xinerama" = "xyes" ; then
if test "x$have_xfree_xinerama" != "xtrue" -a "x$have_solaris_xinerama" != "xtrue" ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** Xinerama extension not found. Check 'config.log' for more details.])
fi
fi
# set up things for XInput
if test "x$with_xinput" != "xno" && $PKG_CONFIG --exists "xi" ; then
if test "x$enable_xinput" != "xno" && $PKG_CONFIG --exists "xi" ; then
have_xinput=yes
AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_XFREE, 1,
@ -1082,7 +1124,11 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xi"
AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/XInput2.h,
have_xinput2=yes; AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_2, 1, [Define to 1 if XInput 2.0 is available]))
have_xinput2=yes
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS XI2"
AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_2, 1, [Define to 1 if XInput 2.0 is available]),
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS XInput")
else
AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_NONE, 1,
[Define to 1 if no XInput should be used])
@ -1091,11 +1137,22 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
AM_CONDITIONAL(XINPUT_XFREE, test "x$have_xinput" = "xyes")
AM_CONDITIONAL(XINPUT_2, test "x$have_xinput2" = "xyes")
# Check for the RANDR extension
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists "xrandr >= 1.2.99" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_RANDR, 1, [Have the Xrandr extension library])
if test "x$enable_xinput" = "xyes" ; then
if test "x$have_xinput" != "xyes" -a "x$have_xinput2" != "xyes" ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** XInput extension not found. Check 'config.log' for more details.])
fi
fi
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xrandr"
# Check for the RANDR extension
if test x"$enable_xrandr" != xno; then
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists "xrandr >= 1.2.99" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_RANDR, 1, [Have the Xrandr extension library])
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xrandr"
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS XRANDR"
elif test x"$enable_xrandr" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([RANDR support requested but xrandr not found])
fi
fi
# Checks for Xcursor library
@ -1108,29 +1165,44 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
# Checks for XFixes extension
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists xfixes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFIXES, 1, [Have the XFIXES X extension])
if test x"$enable_xfixes" != xno; then
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists xfixes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFIXES, 1, [Have the XFIXES X extension])
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xfixes"
GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X="$GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X xfixes"
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xfixes"
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS XFIXES"
GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X="$GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X xfixes"
elif test x"$enable_xfixes" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([XFixes support requested but xfixes not found])
fi
fi
# Checks for Xcomposite extension
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists xcomposite ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XCOMPOSITE, 1, [Have the XCOMPOSITE X extension])
if test x"$enable_xcomposite" != xno; then
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists xcomposite ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XCOMPOSITE, 1, [Have the XCOMPOSITE X extension])
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xcomposite"
GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X="$GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X xcomposite"
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xcomposite"
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS Composite"
GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X="$GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X xcomposite"
elif test x"$enable_xcomposite" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Xcomposite support requested but xcomposite not found])
fi
fi
# Checks for Xdamage extension
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists xdamage ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XDAMAGE, 1, [Have the XDAMAGE X extension])
if test x"$enable_xdamage" != xno; then
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists xdamage ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XDAMAGE, 1, [Have the XDAMAGE X extension])
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xdamage"
GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X="$GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X xdamage"
X_PACKAGES="$X_PACKAGES xdamage"
X_EXTENSIONS="$X_EXTENSIONS DAMAGE"
GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X="$GTK_PACKAGES_FOR_X xdamage"
elif test x"$enable_xdamage" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Xdamage support requested but xdamage not found])
fi
fi
if $have_base_x_pc ; then
@ -1143,6 +1215,10 @@ if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
LIBS="$gtk_save_libs"
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_X11, true)
# strip leading space
X_EXTENSIONS=${X_EXTENSIONS/# }
else
XPACKAGES=
@ -1152,32 +1228,8 @@ else
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_X11R6, false)
fi
if test "x$gdktarget" = "xwin32"; then
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS="$GDK_EXTRA_LIBS -lgdi32 -limm32 -lshell32 -lole32 -Wl,-luuid"
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_WIN32, true)
else
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_WIN32, false)
fi
if test "x$gdktarget" = "xquartz"; then
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS="$GDK_EXTRA_LIBS -framework Cocoa"
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_QUARTZ, true)
else
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_QUARTZ, false)
fi
if test "x$gdktarget" = "xbroadway" ; then
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS="$GDK_EXTRA_LIBS -lz"
fi
# Check for Pango flags
if test "x$gdktarget" = "xwin32"; then
PANGO_PACKAGES="pangowin32 pangocairo"
else
PANGO_PACKAGES="pango pangocairo"
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING(Pango flags)
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists $PANGO_PACKAGES ; then
PANGO_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags $PANGO_PACKAGES`
@ -1207,12 +1259,7 @@ fi
CFLAGS="$saved_cflags"
LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
# Pull in gio-unix for GDesktopAppInfo usage, see at least gdkapplaunchcontext-x11.c
if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11" || test "x$gdktarget" = "xbroadway" ; then
GDK_PACKAGES="$PANGO_PACKAGES gio-unix-2.0 $X_PACKAGES gdk-pixbuf-2.0 $cairo_backend cairo-gobject"
else
GDK_PACKAGES="$PANGO_PACKAGES gio-2.0 gdk-pixbuf-2.0 $cairo_backend cairo-gobject"
fi
GDK_PACKAGES="$PANGO_PACKAGES $GIO_PACKAGE $X_PACKAGES gdk-pixbuf-2.0 $cairo_backends cairo-gobject"
GDK_DEP_LIBS="$GDK_EXTRA_LIBS `$PKG_CONFIG --libs $GDK_PACKAGES`"
GDK_DEP_CFLAGS="`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags gthread-2.0 $GDK_PACKAGES` $GDK_EXTRA_CFLAGS"
@ -1221,7 +1268,7 @@ GDK_DEP_CFLAGS="`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags gthread-2.0 $GDK_PACKAGES` $GDK_EXTRA_CFL
# into the pkg-config files
#
if test $enable_explicit_deps != yes ; then
GDK_PACKAGES="$PANGO_PACKAGES gdk-pixbuf-2.0"
GDK_PACKAGES="$PANGO_PACKAGES gdk-pixbuf-2.0 cairo-gobject"
GDK_EXTRA_LIBS=
fi
@ -1262,7 +1309,7 @@ else
fi
GTK_PACKAGES="atk cairo cairo-gobject gdk-pixbuf-2.0 gio-2.0"
if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11"; then
if test "x$enable_x11_backend" == xyes; then
GTK_PACKAGES="$GTK_PACKAGES pangoft2"
fi
GTK_EXTRA_LIBS=
@ -1331,8 +1378,10 @@ LIBS="$old_LIBS"
# Printing system checks
################################################################
PRINT_BACKENDS="file lpr"
AC_ARG_ENABLE(cups,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-cups]
[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-cups],
[disable cups print backend])],,
[enable_cups=auto])
@ -1369,6 +1418,7 @@ else
AC_CHECK_HEADER(cups/cups.h,,AC_MSG_ERROR([[*** Sorry, cups-config present but cups/cups.h missing.]]))
PRINT_BACKENDS="$PRINT_BACKENDS cups"
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_CUPS, true)
gtk_save_cflags="$CFLAGS"
@ -1392,7 +1442,7 @@ fi
#
AC_ARG_ENABLE(papi,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-papi]
[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-papi],
[disable papi print backend])],,
[enable_papi=auto])
@ -1402,6 +1452,7 @@ else
AC_MSG_CHECKING(libpapi)
AC_CHECK_LIB(papi, papiServiceCreate, have_papi=yes, have_papi=no)
if test $have_papi = yes; then
PRINT_BACKENDS="$PRINT_BACKENDS papi"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PAPI], [], [Define to 1 if libpapi available])
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_PAPI, test $have_papi = yes)
@ -1427,7 +1478,7 @@ if test "$os_win32" != "yes"; then
*** postscript backend enabled.]))
AC_CHECK_HEADER(cairo-svg.h,,AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** Can't find cairo-svg.h. You must build Cairo with the
*** Cannot find cairo-svg.h. You must build Cairo with the
*** svg backend enabled.]))
fi
@ -1438,6 +1489,9 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(test-print-backend,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-test-print-backend],
[build test print backend])],,
[enable_test_print_backend=no])
if test "x$enable_test_print_backend" != "xno" ; then
PRINT_BACKENDS="$PRINT_BACKENDS test"
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(TEST_PRINT_BACKEND, test "x$enable_test_print_backend" != "xno")
@ -1478,19 +1532,18 @@ GOBJECT_INTROSPECTION_CHECK([0.9.3])
#################################################
AC_ARG_ENABLE(packagekit,
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-packagekit],
[build packagekit open with module]))
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-packagekit],
[build packagekit open-with module]))
ENABLE_PACKAGEKIT=
build_packagekit=no
if test "os_win32" != "yes"; then
if test "x$enable_packagekit" != "xno"; then
ENABLE_PACKAGEKIT=1
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_PACKAGEKIT, 1, [define to enable packagekit])
fi
if test "x$enable_packagekit" != "xno"; then
build_packagekit=yes
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_PACKAGEKIT, 1, [define to enable packagekit])
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(ENABLE_PACKAGEKIT)
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_PACKAGEKIT, test "x$ENABLE_PACKAGEKIT" = "x1")
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_PACKAGEKIT, test "x$build_packagekit" = "xyes")
##################################################
# Checks for gtk-doc and docbook-tools
@ -1537,36 +1590,28 @@ AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([gdk/gdkconfig.h], [
* This is a generated file. Please modify `configure.ac'
*/
#ifndef GDKCONFIG_H
#define GDKCONFIG_H
#ifndef __GDKCONFIG_H__
#define __GDKCONFIG_H__
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#if !defined (__GDK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (GDK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <gdk/gdk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef GSEAL
/* introduce GSEAL() here for all of Gdk and Gtk+ without the need to modify GLib */
# ifdef GSEAL_ENABLE
# define GSEAL(ident) _g_sealed__ ## ident
# else
# define GSEAL(ident) ident
# endif
#endif /* !GSEAL */
#include <glib.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
_______EOF
cat >>$outfile <<_______EOF
$gdk_windowing
$gdk_wc
_______EOF
cat >>$outfile <<_______EOF
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* GDKCONFIG_H */
#endif /* __GDKCONFIG_H__ */
_______EOF
@ -1577,34 +1622,7 @@ _______EOF
mv $outfile gdk/gdkconfig.h
fi
],[
if test "x$gdktarget" = "xx11" ; then
gdk_windowing='
#define GDK_WINDOWING_X11'
elif test "x$gdktarget" = "xwin32" ; then
gdk_windowing='
#define GDK_NATIVE_WINDOW_POINTER
#define GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32'
elif test "x$gdktarget" = "xquartz" ; then
gdk_windowing='
#define GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ'
elif test "x$gdktarget" = "xbroadway" ; then
gdk_windowing='
#define GDK_WINDOWING_BROADWAY'
fi
if test x$gdk_wchar_h = xyes; then
gdk_wc='
#define GDK_HAVE_WCHAR_H 1'
fi
if test x$gdk_wctype_h = xyes; then
gdk_wc="\$gdk_wc
#define GDK_HAVE_WCTYPE_H 1"
fi
if test x$gdk_working_wctype = xno; then
gdk_wc="\$gdk_wc
#define GDK_HAVE_BROKEN_WCTYPE 1"
fi
gdk_windowing='$GDK_WINDOWING'
])
dnl
@ -1624,7 +1642,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(Bsymbolic,
enable_Bsymbolic=no)
LDFLAGS="${SAVED_LDFLAGS}"])
if test "x${enable_Bsymbolic}" == "xyes"; then
if test "x${enable_Bsymbolic}" = "xyes" ; then
GTK_LINK_FLAGS=-Wl,-Bsymbolic-functions
fi
AC_SUBST(GTK_LINK_FLAGS)
@ -1637,7 +1655,6 @@ gdk-3.0.pc
gtk+-3.0.pc
gtk+-unix-print-3.0.pc
gail-3.0.pc
gdk-3.0-uninstalled.pc
gtk+-3.0-uninstalled.pc
gail-3.0-uninstalled.pc
m4macros/Makefile
@ -1655,6 +1672,7 @@ docs/reference/gdk/version.xml
docs/reference/gtk/Makefile
docs/reference/gtk/version.xml
docs/reference/libgail-util/Makefile
docs/reference/libgail-util/version.xml
docs/tools/Makefile
build/Makefile
build/win32/Makefile
@ -1695,5 +1713,19 @@ perf/Makefile
AC_OUTPUT
echo "configuration:
target: $gdktarget"
# beautify the immodule list a bit
included_immodules=${included_immodules//,/ }
included_immodules=${included_immodules:-none}
echo "configuration:"
echo " GDK backends: $GDK_BACKENDS"
if test "x$enable_x11_backend" = "xyes"; then
echo " X11 extensions: $X_EXTENSIONS"
fi
echo " Print backends: $PRINT_BACKENDS"
echo " Dynamic modules: $build_dynamic_modules"
echo " Included immodules: $included_immodules"
echo " PackageKit support: $build_packagekit"
echo " Introspection: $found_introspection"
echo " Debugging: $enable_debug"
echo " Documentation: $enable_gtk_doc"

13
demos/Makefile.am
View File

@ -11,14 +11,13 @@ INCLUDES = \
$(GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS) \
$(GTK_DEP_CFLAGS)
DEPS = \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/$(gtktargetlib)
DEPS = \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/libgtk-3.0.la
LDADDS = \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/$(gtktargetlib) \
$(GTK_DEP_LIBS) \
LDADDS = \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/libgtk-3.0.la \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/libgdk-3.0.la \
$(GTK_DEP_LIBS) \
$(MATH_LIB)
noinst_PROGRAMS = \

9
demos/gtk-demo/Makefile.am
View File

@ -55,13 +55,12 @@ INCLUDES = \
$(GTK_DEP_CFLAGS)
DEPS = \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/$(gtktargetlib)
$(top_builddir)/gtk/libgtk-3.0.la
LDADDS = \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/$(gtktargetlib) \
$(GTK_DEP_LIBS) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/libgtk-3.0.la \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/libgdk-3.0.la \
$(GTK_DEP_LIBS) \
-lm
bin_PROGRAMS = gtk3-demo

6
demos/gtk-demo/assistant.c
View File

@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ create_page1 (GtkWidget *assistant)
gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), box, "Page 1");
gtk_assistant_set_page_type (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), box, GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_INTRO);
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon (assistant, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG, NULL);
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (assistant, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG);
gtk_assistant_set_page_header_image (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), box, pixbuf);
g_object_unref (pixbuf);
}
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ create_page2 (GtkWidget *assistant)
gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), box, TRUE);
gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), box, "Page 2");
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon (assistant, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG, NULL);
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (assistant, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG);
gtk_assistant_set_page_header_image (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), box, pixbuf);
g_object_unref (pixbuf);
}
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ create_page3 (GtkWidget *assistant)
gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), label, TRUE);
gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), label, "Confirmation");
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon (assistant, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG, NULL);
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (assistant, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG);
gtk_assistant_set_page_header_image (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), label, pixbuf);
g_object_unref (pixbuf);
}

5
demos/gtk-demo/changedisplay.c
View File

@ -27,6 +27,9 @@
* - Using GtkDialog
*/
#include <string.h>
#undef GDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include "demo-common.h"
@ -151,7 +154,7 @@ query_for_toplevel (GdkScreen *screen,
toplevel = NULL;
}
gdk_cursor_unref (cursor);
g_object_unref (cursor);
gtk_widget_destroy (popup);
gdk_flush (); /* Really release the grab */

6
demos/gtk-demo/clipboard.c
View File

@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ get_image_pixbuf (GtkImage *image)
return g_object_ref (gtk_image_get_pixbuf (image));
case GTK_IMAGE_STOCK:
gtk_image_get_stock (image, &stock_id, &size);
return gtk_widget_render_icon (GTK_WIDGET (image),
stock_id, size, NULL);
return gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GTK_WIDGET (image),
stock_id, size);
default:
g_warning ("Image storage type %d not handled",
gtk_image_get_storage_type (image));
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
{
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
if (selection_data->length > 0)
if (gtk_selection_data_get_length (selection_data) > 0)
{
pixbuf = gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf (selection_data);
gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GTK_IMAGE (data), pixbuf);

4
demos/gtk-demo/combobox.c
View File

@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ create_stock_icon_store (void)
{
if (stock_id[i])
{
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon (cellview, stock_id[i],
GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, NULL);
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (cellview, stock_id[i],
GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON);
gtk_stock_lookup (stock_id[i], &item);
label = strip_underscore (item.label);
gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter);

1
demos/gtk-demo/offscreen_window.c
View File

@ -290,7 +290,6 @@ gtk_rotated_bin_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
g_signal_connect (bin->offscreen_window, "from-embedder",
G_CALLBACK (offscreen_window_from_parent), bin);
gtk_widget_style_attach (widget);
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_set_background (context, window);
gtk_style_context_set_background (context, bin->offscreen_window);

1
demos/gtk-demo/offscreen_window2.c
View File

@ -228,7 +228,6 @@ gtk_mirror_bin_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
g_signal_connect (bin->offscreen_window, "from-embedder",
G_CALLBACK (offscreen_window_from_parent), bin);
gtk_widget_style_attach (widget);
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_set_background (context, window);
gtk_style_context_set_background (context, bin->offscreen_window);

6
demos/gtk-demo/stock_browser.c
View File

@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ create_model (void)
}
g_free (sizes);
info.small_icon = gtk_widget_render_icon (window, info.id,
size,
NULL);
info.small_icon = gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (window,
info.id,
size);
if (size != GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU)
{

2
demos/gtk-demo/toolpalette.c
View File

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ canvas_item_new (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
stock_id = gtk_tool_button_get_stock_id (button);
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon (widget, stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG, NULL);
pixbuf = gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (widget, stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG);
if (pixbuf)
{

4
demos/testpixbuf-scale.c
View File

@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ set_interp_type (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
void
overall_changed_cb (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, gpointer data)
{
if (adjustment->value != overall_alpha)
if (gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment) != overall_alpha)
{
overall_alpha = adjustment->value;
overall_alpha = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
gtk_widget_queue_draw (darea);
}
}

179
docs/reference/gdk/Makefile.am
View File

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
include $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.decl
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.6
@ -13,40 +12,39 @@ DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=gdk-docs.sgml
SCAN_OPTIONS=--deprecated-guards="GDK_ENABLE_BROKEN|GDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED"
# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir)
DOC_SOURCE_DIR=../../../gdk
DOC_SOURCE_DIR=../../../gdk ../../../gdk/x11
# Used for dependencies
HFILE_GLOB=$(top_srcdir)/gdk/*.h $(top_srcdir)/gdk/x11/gdkx.h
CFILE_GLOB=$(top_srcdir)/gdk/*.c
# Header files to ignore when scanning
IGNORE_HFILES= \
IGNORE_HFILES= \
gdkintl.h \
gdkmarshalers.h \
gdkkeysyms.h \
gdkinternals.h \
gdkprivate.h \
gdkpoly-generic.h \
gdk*private.h \
keyname-table.h \
win32 \
win32 \
x11 \
quartz
# Extra files to add when scanning (relative to $srcdir)
EXTRA_HFILES= \
../../../gdk/x11/gdkx.h
../../../gdk/x11/gdkx.h
# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed
# if $(DOC_MODULE).types is non-empty.
INCLUDES = \
-I$(top_srcdir) \
-I$(top_builddir) \
-I$(top_builddir)/gdk \
INCLUDES = \
-I$(top_srcdir) \
-I$(top_builddir) \
-I$(top_builddir)/gdk \
$(GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS) \
$(GDK_DEP_CFLAGS)
GTKDOC_LIBS = $(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib)
GTKDOC_LIBS = $(top_builddir)/gdk/libgdk-3.0.la $(GDK_DEP_LIBS)
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb
MKDB_OPTIONS=--sgml-mode --output-format=xml --name-space=gdk
@ -57,86 +55,85 @@ content_files = \
multihead.sgml
# Images to copy into HTML directory
HTML_IMAGES = \
HTML_IMAGES = \
images/rotated-text.png \
\
images/X_cursor.png \
images/arrow.png \
images/based_arrow_down.png \
images/based_arrow_up.png \
images/boat.png \
images/bogosity.png \
images/bottom_left_corner.png \
images/bottom_right_corner.png \
images/bottom_side.png \
images/bottom_tee.png \
images/box_spiral.png \
images/center_ptr.png \
images/circle.png \
images/clock.png \
images/coffee_mug.png \
images/cross.png \
images/cross_reverse.png \
images/crosshair.png \
images/diamond_cross.png \
images/dot.png \
images/dotbox.png \
images/double_arrow.png \
images/draft_large.png \
images/draft_small.png \
images/draped_box.png \
images/exchange.png \
images/fleur.png \
images/gobbler.png \
images/gumby.png \
images/hand1.png \
images/hand2.png \
images/heart.png \
images/icon.png \
images/iron_cross.png \
images/left_ptr.png \
images/left_side.png \
images/left_tee.png \
images/leftbutton.png \
images/ll_angle.png \
images/lr_angle.png \
images/man.png \
images/middlebutton.png \
images/mouse.png \
images/pencil.png \
images/pirate.png \
images/plus.png \
images/question_arrow.png \
images/right_ptr.png \
images/right_side.png \
images/right_tee.png \
images/rightbutton.png \
images/rtl_logo.png \
images/sailboat.png \
images/sb_down_arrow.png \
images/sb_h_double_arrow.png \
images/sb_left_arrow.png \
images/sb_right_arrow.png \
images/sb_up_arrow.png \
images/sb_v_double_arrow.png \
images/shuttle.png \
images/sizing.png \
images/spider.png \
images/spraycan.png \
images/star.png \
images/target.png \
images/tcross.png \
images/top_left_arrow.png \
images/top_left_corner.png \
images/top_right_corner.png \
images/top_side.png \
images/top_tee.png \
images/trek.png \
images/ul_angle.png \
images/umbrella.png \
images/ur_angle.png \
images/watch.png \
images/xterm.png
images/X_cursor.png \
images/arrow.png \
images/based_arrow_down.png \
images/based_arrow_up.png \
images/boat.png \
images/bogosity.png \
images/bottom_left_corner.png \
images/bottom_right_corner.png \
images/bottom_side.png \
images/bottom_tee.png \
images/box_spiral.png \
images/center_ptr.png \
images/circle.png \
images/clock.png \
images/coffee_mug.png \
images/cross.png \
images/cross_reverse.png \
images/crosshair.png \
images/diamond_cross.png \
images/dot.png \
images/dotbox.png \
images/double_arrow.png \
images/draft_large.png \
images/draft_small.png \
images/draped_box.png \
images/exchange.png \
images/fleur.png \
images/gobbler.png \
images/gumby.png \
images/hand1.png \
images/hand2.png \
images/heart.png \
images/icon.png \
images/iron_cross.png \
images/left_ptr.png \
images/left_side.png \
images/left_tee.png \
images/leftbutton.png \
images/ll_angle.png \
images/lr_angle.png \
images/man.png \
images/middlebutton.png \
images/mouse.png \
images/pencil.png \
images/pirate.png \
images/plus.png \
images/question_arrow.png \
images/right_ptr.png \
images/right_side.png \
images/right_tee.png \
images/rightbutton.png \
images/rtl_logo.png \
images/sailboat.png \
images/sb_down_arrow.png \
images/sb_h_double_arrow.png \
images/sb_left_arrow.png \
images/sb_right_arrow.png \
images/sb_up_arrow.png \
images/sb_v_double_arrow.png \
images/shuttle.png \
images/sizing.png \
images/spider.png \
images/spraycan.png \
images/star.png \
images/target.png \
images/tcross.png \
images/top_left_arrow.png \
images/top_left_corner.png \
images/top_right_corner.png \
images/top_side.png \
images/top_tee.png \
images/trek.png \
images/ul_angle.png \
images/umbrella.png \
images/ur_angle.png \
images/watch.png \
images/xterm.png
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref
FIXXREF_OPTIONS= \

4
docs/reference/gdk/gdk-docs.sgml
View File

@ -20,8 +20,11 @@
<xi:include href="multihead.sgml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gdkdisplay.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gdkdisplaymanager.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gdkdevice.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gdkdevicemanager.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gdkscreen.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/regions.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/pixbufs.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/colors.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/rgba_colors.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/visuals.xml" />
@ -34,7 +37,6 @@
<xi:include href="xml/dnd.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/properties.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/threads.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gdkdevicemanager.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/pango_interaction.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/cairo_interaction.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/x_interaction.xml" />

176
docs/reference/gdk/gdk3-sections.txt
View File

@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ gdk_init
gdk_init_check
gdk_parse_args
gdk_get_display_arg_name
gdk_set_locale
gdk_set_sm_client_id
gdk_notify_startup_complete
gdk_notify_startup_complete_with_id
@ -63,7 +61,6 @@ GdkStatus
GDKVAR
gdk_axis_use_get_type
gdk_byte_order_get_type
gdk_cap_style_get_type
gdk_crossing_mode_get_type
gdk_cursor_type_get_type
gdk_drag_action_get_type
@ -79,17 +76,14 @@ gdk_input_mode_get_type
gdk_input_source_get_type
gdk_modifier_type_get_type
gdk_notify_type_get_type
gdk_overlap_type_get_type
gdk_property_state_get_type
gdk_prop_mode_get_type
gdk_scroll_direction_get_type
gdk_setting_action_get_type
gdk_status_get_type
gdk_subwindow_mode_get_type
gdk_visibility_state_get_type
gdk_visual_type_get_type
gdk_window_attributes_type_get_type
gdk_window_class_get_type
gdk_window_edge_get_type
gdk_window_hints_get_type
gdk_window_state_get_type
@ -122,23 +116,17 @@ gdk_display_sync
gdk_display_flush
gdk_display_close
gdk_display_is_closed
gdk_display_list_devices
gdk_display_get_event
gdk_display_peek_event
gdk_display_put_event
gdk_display_has_pending
gdk_display_add_client_message_filter
gdk_display_set_double_click_time
gdk_display_set_double_click_distance
gdk_display_get_pointer
gdk_display_get_device_state
gdk_display_list_devices
gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer
gdk_display_get_window_at_device_position
GdkDisplayPointerHooks
gdk_display_set_pointer_hooks
GdkDisplayDeviceHooks
gdk_display_set_device_hooks
gdk_display_warp_pointer
gdk_display_warp_device
gdk_display_supports_cursor_color
gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha
gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size
@ -151,7 +139,11 @@ gdk_display_store_clipboard
gdk_display_supports_shapes
gdk_display_supports_input_shapes
gdk_display_supports_composite
gdk_display_get_app_launch_context
gdk_display_notify_startup_complete
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_DISPLAY
GDK_DISPLAY_OBJECT
GDK_IS_DISPLAY
GDK_TYPE_DISPLAY
@ -173,7 +165,8 @@ gdk_display_manager_get
gdk_display_manager_get_default_display
gdk_display_manager_set_default_display
gdk_display_manager_list_displays
gdk_display_get_core_pointer
gdk_display_manager_open_display
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_DISPLAY_MANAGER
GDK_DISPLAY_MANAGER_CLASS
@ -219,10 +212,6 @@ gdk_screen_get_resolution
gdk_screen_set_resolution
gdk_screen_get_active_window
gdk_screen_get_window_stack
<SUBSECTION Spawning>
gdk_spawn_on_screen
gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes
gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_SCREEN
@ -317,7 +306,6 @@ GDK_VISUAL_GET_CLASS
<SUBSECTION Private>
GdkVisualClass
GdkVisualPrivate
gdk_visual_get_type
</SECTION>
@ -478,10 +466,8 @@ gdk_window_get_device_cursor
gdk_window_set_device_cursor
gdk_window_get_device_events
gdk_window_set_device_events
<SUBSECTION>
GdkPointerHooks
gdk_set_pointer_hooks
gdk_window_get_source_events
gdk_window_set_source_events
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_offscreen_window_get_surface
@ -504,7 +490,6 @@ GDK_TYPE_FILTER_RETURN
GDK_TYPE_GRAVITY
GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW_ATTRIBUTES_TYPE
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW_CLASS
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW_EDGE
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW_HINTS
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW_TYPE
@ -515,7 +500,6 @@ GDK_TYPE_WM_FUNCTION
<SUBSECTION Private>
gdk_window_get_type
gdk_window_window_class_get_type
GdkWindowObject
GdkWindowClass
GdkWindowImpl
GdkWindowImplClass
@ -561,17 +545,8 @@ GdkAtom
GDK_ATOM_TO_POINTER
GDK_POINTER_TO_ATOM
GDK_NONE
gdk_text_property_to_text_list
gdk_text_property_to_text_list_for_display
gdk_free_text_list
gdk_text_property_to_utf8_list
gdk_text_property_to_utf8_list_for_display
gdk_string_to_compound_text
gdk_string_to_compound_text_for_display
gdk_free_compound_text
gdk_utf8_to_string_target
gdk_utf8_to_compound_text
gdk_utf8_to_compound_text_for_display
gdk_atom_intern
gdk_atom_intern_static_string
gdk_atom_name
@ -637,10 +612,6 @@ gdk_threads_add_timeout
gdk_threads_add_timeout_full
gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds
gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds_full
<SUBSECTION Private>
gdk_threads_lock
gdk_threads_unlock
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@ -690,25 +661,17 @@ gdk_keymap_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<TITLE>GdkDeviceManager</TITLE>
<FILE>gdkdevicemanager</FILE>
GdkDeviceManager
<TITLE>GdkDevice</TITLE>
<FILE>gdkdevice</FILE>
GdkDevice
GdkDeviceType
GdkInputSource
GdkInputMode
GdkDeviceKey
GdkDeviceAxis
GdkAxisUse
GdkDeviceType
GdkGrabOwnership
gdk_enable_multidevice
gdk_device_manager_get_display
gdk_device_manager_list_devices
gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_device_get_name
gdk_device_set_source
gdk_device_get_source
gdk_device_set_mode
gdk_device_get_mode
@ -717,11 +680,13 @@ gdk_device_get_key
gdk_device_set_axis_use
gdk_device_get_axis_use
gdk_device_get_associated_device
gdk_device_list_slave_devices
gdk_device_get_device_type
gdk_device_get_display
gdk_device_get_has_cursor
gdk_device_get_n_axes
gdk_device_get_n_keys
gdk_device_warp
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_device_grab
@ -729,6 +694,8 @@ gdk_device_ungrab
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_device_get_state
gdk_device_get_position
gdk_device_get_window_at_position
gdk_device_get_history
gdk_device_free_history
GdkTimeCoord
@ -736,14 +703,6 @@ gdk_device_get_axis
gdk_device_list_axes
gdk_device_get_axis_value
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_input_set_extension_events
GdkExtensionMode
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_devices_list
gdk_device_get_core_pointer
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_TYPE_AXIS_USE
GDK_TYPE_EXTENSION_MODE
@ -751,12 +710,6 @@ GDK_TYPE_INPUT_MODE
GDK_TYPE_INPUT_SOURCE
GDK_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE
GDK_TYPE_GRAB_OWNERSHIP
GDK_DEVICE_MANAGER
GDK_DEVICE_MANAGER_CLASS
GDK_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_CLASS
GDK_IS_DEVICE_MANAGER
GDK_IS_DEVICE_MANAGER_CLASS
GDK_TYPE_DEVICE_MANAGER
GDK_DEVICE
GDK_DEVICE_CLASS
GDK_DEVICE_GET_CLASS
@ -766,15 +719,33 @@ GDK_TYPE_DEVICE
<SUBSECTION Private>
GdkDeviceClass
GdkDevicePrivate
GdkDeviceManagerClass
GdkDeviceManagerPrivate
gdk_device_get_type
gdk_device_manager_get_type
gdk_device_type_get_type
GDK_MAX_TIMECOORD_AXES
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<TITLE>GdkDeviceManager</TITLE>
<FILE>gdkdevicemanager</FILE>
GdkDeviceManager
gdk_disable_multidevice
gdk_device_manager_get_display
gdk_device_manager_list_devices
gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_DEVICE_MANAGER
GDK_DEVICE_MANAGER_CLASS
GDK_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_CLASS
GDK_IS_DEVICE_MANAGER
GDK_IS_DEVICE_MANAGER_CLASS
GDK_TYPE_DEVICE_MANAGER
<SUBSECTION Private>
GdkDeviceManagerClass
gdk_device_manager_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<TITLE>Events</TITLE>
<FILE>events</FILE>
@ -784,7 +755,6 @@ GDK_CURRENT_TIME
GDK_PRIORITY_EVENTS
GDK_PRIORITY_REDRAW
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_events_pending
gdk_event_peek
@ -820,6 +790,8 @@ gdk_event_set_screen
gdk_event_get_screen
gdk_event_get_device
gdk_event_set_device
gdk_event_get_source_device
gdk_event_set_source_device
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_setting_get
@ -909,30 +881,31 @@ gdk_cursor_get_type
<SECTION>
<TITLE>Drag and Drop</TITLE>
<FILE>dnd</FILE>
GdkDragContext
gdk_drag_get_selection
gdk_drag_abort
gdk_drop_reply
gdk_drag_context_new
gdk_drag_drop
gdk_drag_find_window
gdk_drag_find_window_for_screen
gdk_drag_context_get_source_window
gdk_drag_begin
gdk_drag_begin_for_device
gdk_drag_motion
gdk_drop_finish
gdk_drag_get_protocol
gdk_drag_get_protocol_for_display
GdkDragProtocol
GdkDragContext
GdkDragAction
gdk_drag_status
gdk_drag_drop_succeeded
gdk_drag_context_get_actions
gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action
gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action
gdk_drag_context_list_targets
gdk_drag_context_get_device
gdk_drag_context_set_device
gdk_drag_context_get_source_window
gdk_drag_context_get_dest_window
gdk_drag_context_get_protocol
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_DRAG_CONTEXT
@ -961,25 +934,9 @@ GDK_SCREEN_XNUMBER
GDK_SCREEN_XSCREEN
GDK_CURSOR_XCURSOR
GDK_CURSOR_XDISPLAY
gdkx_visual_get
gdk_window_foreign_new
gdk_window_foreign_new_for_display
gdk_xid_table_lookup
gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display
gdk_window_lookup
gdk_window_lookup_for_display
gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay
gdk_x11_get_server_time
gdk_net_wm_supports
gdk_x11_screen_supports_net_wm_hint
gdk_x11_screen_get_window_manager_name
gdk_x11_screen_get_monitor_output
gdk_x11_screen_lookup_visual
gdk_x11_window_set_user_time
gdk_x11_window_move_to_current_desktop
gdk_x11_display_get_user_time
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xcursor
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay
gdk_x11_display_broadcast_startup_message
gdk_x11_display_get_startup_notification_id
gdk_x11_display_set_startup_notification_id
@ -991,14 +948,24 @@ gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop
gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop_ignored
gdk_x11_display_set_cursor_theme
gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type
gdk_x11_screen_get_screen_number
gdk_x11_screen_get_xscreen
gdk_x11_screen_get_window_manager_name
gdk_x11_screen_get_monitor_output
gdk_x11_screen_lookup_visual
gdk_x11_screen_supports_net_wm_hint
gdk_x11_window_foreign_new_for_display
gdk_x11_window_lookup_for_display
gdk_x11_window_get_xid
gdk_x11_window_set_user_time
gdk_x11_window_move_to_current_desktop
gdk_x11_get_default_root_xwindow
gdk_x11_get_default_screen
gdk_x11_get_default_xdisplay
gdk_x11_grab_server
gdk_x11_screen_get_screen_number
gdk_x11_screen_get_xscreen
gdk_x11_ungrab_server
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xcursor
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay
gdk_x11_visual_get_xvisual
gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom
gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom_for_display
@ -1008,10 +975,30 @@ gdk_x11_get_xatom_by_name
gdk_x11_get_xatom_by_name_for_display
gdk_x11_get_xatom_name
gdk_x11_get_xatom_name_for_display
gdk_x11_set_sm_client_id
gdk_x11_display_text_property_to_text_list
gdk_x11_free_text_list
gdk_x11_display_string_to_compound_text
gdk_x11_display_utf8_to_compound_text
gdk_x11_free_compound_text
<SUBSECTION Private>
GDK_HAVE_WCHAR_H
GDK_HAVE_WCTYPE_H
gdk_x11_app_launch_context_get_type
gdk_x11_cursor_get_type
gdk_x11_device_core_get_type
gdk_x11_device_manager_core_get_type
gdk_x11_device_manager_xi2_get_type
gdk_x11_device_manager_xi_get_type
gdk_x11_device_xi2_get_type
gdk_x11_device_xi_get_type
gdk_x11_display_get_type
gdk_x11_display_manager_get_type
gdk_x11_drag_context_get_type
gdk_x11_keymap_get_type
gdk_x11_screen_get_type
gdk_x11_visual_get_type
gdk_x11_window_get_type
gdk_window_impl_x11_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@ -1033,7 +1020,6 @@ GDK_IS_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT
GDK_IS_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT_CLASS
GDK_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT
GdkAppLaunchContextClass
GdkAppLaunchContextPrivate
<SUBSECTION Private>
gdk_app_launch_context_get_type
</SECTION>

14
docs/reference/gdk/gdk3.types
View File

@ -1,9 +1,13 @@
#include <gdk/gdk.h>
gdk_display_get_type
gdk_display_manager_get_type
gdk_screen_get_type
gdk_window_get_type
gdk_keymap_get_type
gdk_app_launch_context_get_type
gdk_cursor_get_type
gdk_device_get_type
gdk_device_manager_get_type
gdk_display_get_type
gdk_display_manager_get_type
gdk_drag_context_get_type
gdk_keymap_get_type
gdk_screen_get_type
gdk_visual_get_type
gdk_window_get_type

21
docs/reference/gtk/Makefile.am
View File

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
include $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.decl
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.6
@ -107,8 +106,8 @@ CPPFLAGS += \
-UGTK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES
GTKDOC_LIBS = \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/$(gtktargetlib)
$(top_builddir)/gtk/libgtk-3.0.la \
$(GTK_DEP_LIBS)
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb
@ -135,8 +134,7 @@ content_files = \
windows.sgml \
x11.sgml \
gtk-query-immodules-3.0.xml \
gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0.xml \
gtk-builder-convert-3.0.xml \
gtk-update-icon-cache.xml \
visual_index.xml \
getting_started.xml \
overview.xml
@ -276,6 +274,8 @@ HTML_IMAGES = \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/24/gtk-page-setup.png \
$(srcdir)/images/aboutdialog.png \
$(srcdir)/images/accel-label.png \
$(srcdir)/images/appchooserbutton.png \
$(srcdir)/images/appchooserdialog.png \
$(srcdir)/images/assistant.png \
$(srcdir)/images/button.png \
$(srcdir)/images/check-button.png \
@ -328,7 +328,9 @@ HTML_IMAGES = \
$(srcdir)/images/layout-tbrl.png \
$(srcdir)/images/window-default.png \
$(srcdir)/images/hello-world.png \
$(srcdir)/images/switch.png
$(srcdir)/images/grid-packing.png \
$(srcdir)/images/drawing.png \
$(srcdir)/images/switch.png \
$(srcdir)/images/linear.png \
$(srcdir)/images/ease.png \
$(srcdir)/images/ease-in-out.png \
@ -352,7 +354,9 @@ HTML_IMAGES = \
$(srcdir)/images/sliders.png \
$(srcdir)/images/focus.png \
$(srcdir)/images/handles.png \
$(srcdir)/images/extensions.png
$(srcdir)/images/extensions.png \
$(srcdir)/images/numerableicon.png \
$(srcdir)/images/numerableicon2.png
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref
FIXXREF_OPTIONS=--extra-dir=../gdk/html \
@ -371,8 +375,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST += version.xml.in
man_MANS = \
gtk-query-immodules-3.0.1 \
gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0.1 \
gtk-builder-convert-3.0.1
gtk-update-icon-cache.1
if ENABLE_MAN

163
docs/reference/gtk/building.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="gtk-building" revision="6 Sept 2001">
<refentry id="gtk-building">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>Compiling the GTK+ libraries</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
your operating system will be available, either from your
operating system vendor or from independent sources. If such a
set of packages is available, installing it will get you
programming wih GTK+ much faster than building it yourself. In
programming with GTK+ much faster than building it yourself. In
fact, you may well already have GTK+ installed on your system
already.
</para>
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
</para>
<para>
If you are building GTK+ from the distributed source packages,
then won't need these tools installed; the necessary pieces
then you won't need these tools installed; the necessary pieces
of the tools are already included in the source packages. But
it's useful to know a bit about how packages that use these
tools work. A source package is distributed as a
@ -57,14 +57,15 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
tar xvfj gtk+-3.0.0.tar.bz2
</programlisting>
<para>
In the toplevel of the directory that is created, there will be
In the toplevel directory that is created, there will be
a shell script called <filename>configure</filename> which
you then run to take the template makefiles called
<filename>Makefile.in</filename> in the package and create
makefiles customized for your operating system. The <filename>configure</filename>
script can be passed various command line arguments to determine how
the package is built and installed. The most commonly useful
argument is the <systemitem>--prefix</systemitem> argument which
makefiles customized for your operating system.
The <filename>configure</filename> script can be passed
various command line arguments to determine how the package
is built and installed. The most commonly useful argument is
the <systemitem>--prefix</systemitem> argument which
determines where the package is installed. To install a package
in <filename>/opt/gtk</filename> you would run configure as:
</para>
@ -210,22 +211,6 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
message translation databases.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libjpeg">JPEG</ulink>,
<ulink url="http://www.libpng.org">PNG</ulink>, and
<ulink url="http://www.libtiff.org">TIFF</ulink> image
loading libraries are needed to compile GTK+. You probably
already have these libraries installed, but if not, the
versions you need are available in the
<filename>dependencies</filename> directory on the the
<ulink url="ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v2.10/dependencies/">GTK+
FTP site.</ulink>. (Before installing these libraries
from source, you should check if your operating system
vendor has prebuilt packages of these libraries that you
don't have installed.)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The libraries from the X window system are needed to build
@ -246,10 +231,16 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
<para>
<ulink url="http://www.cairographics.org">Cairo</ulink>
is a graphics library that supports vector graphics and image
compositing. Both Pango and GTK+ use cairo for much of their
compositing. Both Pango and GTK+ use cairo for all of their
drawing.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The GdkPixbuf library provides facilities for loading
images in a variety of file formats.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection">gobject-introspection</ulink>
@ -289,8 +280,8 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
<literal>make install</literal> mentioned above. If you're
lucky, this will all go smoothly, and you'll be ready to
<link linkend="gtk-compiling">start compiling your own GTK+
applications</link>. You can test your GTK+ installation
by running the <command>gtk-demo</command> program that
applications</link>. You can test your GTK+ installation
by running the <command>gtk3-demo</command> program that
GTK+ installs.
</para>
<para>
@ -327,7 +318,7 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
<arg>--with-included-immodules=MODULE1,MODULE2,...</arg>
</group>
<group>
<arg>--enable-debug=[no|minimum|yes]</arg>
<arg>--enable-debug=[no/minimum/yes]</arg>
</group>
<group>
<arg>--disable-Bsymbolic</arg>
@ -354,13 +345,27 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
<arg>--enable-papi</arg>
</group>
<group>
<arg>--with-xinput=[no|yes]</arg>
<arg>--enable-xinput</arg>
<arg>--disable-xinput</arg>
</group>
<group>
<arg>--with-gdktarget=[x11|win32|quartz]</arg>
<arg>--enable-packagekit</arg>
<arg>--disable-packagekit</arg>
</group>
<group>
<arg>--disable-introspection</arg>
<arg>--enable-x11-backend</arg>
<arg>--disable-x11-backend</arg>
<arg>--enable-win32-backend</arg>
<arg>--disable-win32-backend</arg>
<arg>--enable-quartz-backend</arg>
<arg>--disable-quartz-backend</arg>
</group>
<group>
<arg>--enable-introspection=[no/auto/yes]</arg>
</group>
<group>
<arg>--enable-gtk2-dependency</arg>
<arg>--disable-gtk2-dependency</arg>
</group>
</cmdsynopsis>
</para>
@ -371,14 +376,14 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
<para>
Normally GTK+ will try to build the input method modules
as little shared libraries that are loaded on
demand. The <systemitem>--disable-modules</systemitem>
argument indicates that they should all be built statically
into the GTK+ library instead. This is useful for
people who need to produce statically-linked binaries. If
neither <systemitem>--disable-modules</systemitem> nor
<systemitem>--enable-modules</systemitem> is specified, then
the <command>configure</command> script will try to
as little shared libraries that are loaded on demand.
The <systemitem>--disable-modules</systemitem> argument
indicates that they should all be built statically
into the GTK+ library instead. This is useful for
people who need to produce statically-linked binaries.
If neither <systemitem>--disable-modules</systemitem> nor
<systemitem>--enable-modules</systemitem> is specified,
then the <command>configure</command> script will try to
auto-detect whether shared modules work on your system.
</para>
</formalpara>
@ -388,7 +393,8 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
<para>
This option allows you to specify which input method modules you
want to include.
want to include directly into the GTK+ shared library, as opposed
to building them as loadable modules.
</para>
</formalpara>
@ -396,10 +402,9 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
<title><systemitem>--enable-debug</systemitem></title>
<para>
Turns on various amounts of debugging support. Setting this to 'no'
disables g_assert(), g_return_if_fail(), g_return_val_if_fail() and
all cast checks between different object types. Setting it to 'minimum'
disables only cast checks. Setting it to 'yes' enables
Turns on various amounts of debugging support. Setting this to
'no' disables g_assert(), g_return_if_fail(), g_return_val_if_fail() and all cast checks between different object types. Setting it
to 'minimum' disables only cast checks. Setting it to 'yes' enables
<link linkend="GTK-Debug-Options">runtime debugging</link>.
The default is 'minimum'.
Note that 'no' is fast, but dangerous as it tends to destabilize
@ -416,6 +421,8 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
<para>
The option <systemitem>--disable-Bsymbolic</systemitem>
turns off the use of the -Bsymbolic-functions linker flag.
This is only necessary if you want to override GTK+ functions
by using <envar>LD_PRELOAD</envar>.
</para>
</formalpara>
@ -469,6 +476,21 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><systemitem>--disable-xinput</systemitem> and
<systemitem>--enable-xinput</systemitem></title>
<para>
Controls whether GTK+ is built with support for the XInput
or XInput2 extension. These extensions provide an extended
interface to input devices such as graphics tablets.
When this support is compiled in, specially written
GTK+ programs can get access to subpixel positions,
multiple simultaneous input devices, and extra "axes"
provided by the device such as pressure and tilt
information.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><systemitem>--disable-gtk-doc</systemitem> and
<systemitem>--enable-gtk-doc</systemitem></title>
@ -513,33 +535,54 @@ How to compile GTK+ itself
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><systemitem>--with-xinput</systemitem></title>
<title><systemitem>--disable-packagekit</systemitem> and
<systemitem>--enable-packagekit</systemitem></title>
<para>
Controls whether GTK+ is built with support for the XInput
or XInput2 extension. These extensions provide an extended
interface to input devices such as graphics tablets.
When this support is compiled in, specially written
GTK+ programs can get access to subpixel positions,
multiple simultaneous input devices, and extra "axes"
provided by the device such as pressure and tilt
information.
By default the <command>configure</command> script will try
to build the PackageKit support for the open-with dialog if
the PackageKit libraries are found.
These options can be used to explicitly control whether
PackageKit support should be built.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><systemitem>--with-gdktarget</systemitem></title>
<title><systemitem>--enable-x11-backend</systemitem>,
<systemitem>--disable-x11-backend</systemitem>,
<systemitem>--enable-win32-backend</systemitem>,
<systemitem>--disable-win32-backend</systemitem>,
<systemitem>--enable-quartz-backend</systemitem>,
and <systemitem>--disable-quartz-backend</systemitem></title>
<para>
Toggles between the supported backends for GDK.
The default is x11, unless the platform is Windows, in which
case the default is win32. Other supported backends are
the quartz backend for OS X.
Enables specific backends for GDK. If none of these options
are given, the x11 backend will be enabled by default,
unless the platform is Windows, in which case the default is
win32. If any backend is explicitly enabled or disabled, no
other platform will be enabled automatically. Other
supported backends are the quartz backend for OS X.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><systemitem>--disable-introspection</systemitem></title>
<title><systemitem>--enable-introspection</systemitem></title>
<para>
Build without introspection support.
Build with or without introspection support.
The default is 'auto'.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><systemitem>--enable-gtk2-dependency</systemitem> or
<systemitem>--disable-gtk2-dependency</systemitem></title>
<para>
Whether to rely on an exiting gtk-update-icon-cache utility
instead of building our own. Distributions which are shipping
both GTK+ 2.x and GTK+ 3 may want to use this option to
avoid file conflicts between these packages.
The default is to build gtk-update-icon-cache.
</para>
</formalpara>
</refsect1>

23
docs/reference/gtk/compiling.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="gtk-compiling" revision="4 Feb 2001">
<refentry id="gtk-compiling">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>Compiling GTK+ Applications</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ your system may be different):
$ pkg-config --cflags gtk+-3.0
-pthread -I/usr/include/gtk-3.0 -I/usr/lib64/gtk-3.0/include -I/usr/include/atk-1.0 -I/usr/include/cairo -I/usr/include/pango-1.0 -I/usr/include/glib-2.0 -I/usr/lib64/glib-2.0/include -I/usr/include/pixman-1 -I/usr/include/freetype2 -I/usr/include/libpng12
$ pkg-config --libs gtk+-3.0
-pthread -lgtk-x11-3.0 -lgdk-x11-3.0 -latk-1.0 -lgio-2.0 -lpangoft2-1.0 -lgdk_pixbuf-3.0 -lpangocairo-1.0 -lcairo -lpango-1.0 -lfreetype -lfontconfig -lgobject-2.0 -lgmodule-2.0 -lgthread-2.0 -lrt -lglib-2.0
-pthread -lgtk-3.0 -lgdk-3.0 -latk-1.0 -lgio-2.0 -lpangoft2-1.0 -lgdk_pixbuf-3.0 -lpangocairo-1.0 -lcairo -lpango-1.0 -lfreetype -lfontconfig -lgobject-2.0 -lgmodule-2.0 -lgthread-2.0 -lrt -lglib-2.0
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
@ -69,24 +69,5 @@ define the preprocessor symbol GDK_MULTIDEVICE_SAFE by using the command
line option <literal>-DGTK_MULTIDEVICE_SAFE=1</literal>.
</para>
<para>
The recommended way of using GTK+ has always been to only include the
toplevel headers <filename>gtk.h</filename>, <filename>gdk.h</filename>,
<filename>gdk-pixbuf.h</filename>.
If you want to make sure that your program follows this recommended
practise, you can define the preprocessor symbols GTK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES
and GDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES to make GTK+ generate an error
when individual headers are directly included.
There are some exceptions: <filename>gdkkeysyms.h</filename> is not included in
<filename>gdk.h</filename> because the file is quite large; see
<link linkend="gdk-Keyboard-Handling">Key Values documentation</link>.
<filename>gdkx.h</filename> must be included independently because It's
platform-specific; see
<link linkend="gdk-X-Window-System-Interaction">X Window System Interaction</link>
documentation.
The same for <filename>gtkunixprint.h</filename> if you use the non-portable
<link linkend="GtkPrintUnixDialog">GtkPrintUnixDialog</link> API.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

253
docs/reference/gtk/getting_started.xml
View File

@ -12,97 +12,176 @@
<link linkend="gtk-compiling">Compiling the GTK+ libraries</link>
section in this reference.</para>
<para>To begin our introduction to GTK, we'll start with the simplest
program possible. This program will create an empty 200x200 pixel
window:</para>
<section>
<title>Basics</title>
<para>
<inlinegraphic fileref="window-default.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</para>
<para>To begin our introduction to GTK, we'll start with the simplest
program possible. This program will create an empty 200x200 pixel
window:</para>
<informalexample><programlisting>
<xi:include href="../../../../examples/window-default.c" parse="text">
<xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback>
</xi:include>
</programlisting></informalexample>
<para>
<inlinegraphic fileref="window-default.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</para>
<para>You can compile the program above with GCC using:</para>
<para><literallayout>
<literal>gcc `pkg-config --cflags gtk+-3.0` -o window-default window-default.c `pkg-config --libs gtk+-3.0`</literal>
</literallayout></para>
<note><para>For more information on how to compile a GTK+ application, please
refer to the <link linkend="gtk-compiling">Compiling GTK+ Applications</link>
section in this reference.</para></note>
<para>All GTK+ applications will, of course, include
<filename>gtk/gtk.h</filename>, which declares functions, types and
macros required by GTK+ applications.</para>
<warning><para>Even if GTK+ installs multiple header files, only the
top-level <filename>gtk/gtk.h</filename> header can be directly included
by third party code. The compiler will abort with an error if any other
header will be included.</para></warning>
<para>We then proceed into the <function>main</function>() function of the
application, and we declare a <varname>window</varname> variable as a pointer
of type #GtkWidget.</para>
<para>The following line will call gtk_init(), which
is the initialization function for GTK+; this function will set up GTK+,
the type system, the connection to the windowing environment, etc. The
gtk_init() takes as arguments the pointers to the command line arguments
counter and string array; this allows GTK+ to parse specific command line
arguments that control the behavior of GTK+ itself. The parsed arguments
will be removed from the array, leaving the unrecognized ones for your
application to parse.</para>
<note><para>For more information on which command line arguments GTK+
recognizes, please refer to the <link linkend="gtk-running">Running GTK+
Applications</link> section in this reference.</para></note>
<para>The call to gtk_window_new() will create a new #GtkWindow and store
it inside the <varname>window</varname> variable. The type of the window
is %GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL, which means that the #GtkWindow will be managed
by the windowing system: it will have a frame, a title bar and window
controls, depending on the platform.</para>
<para>In order to terminate the application when the #GtkWindow is
destroyed, we connect the #GtkWidget::destroy signal to the gtk_main_quit()
function. This function will terminate the GTK+ main loop started by calling
gtk_main() later. The #GtkWidget::destroy signal is emitted when a widget is
destroyed, either by explicitly calling gtk_widget_destroy() or when the
widget is unparented. Top-level #GtkWindow<!-- -->s are also destroyed when
the Close window control button is clicked.</para>
<para>#GtkWidget<!-- -->s are hidden by default. By calling gtk_widget_show()
on a #GtkWidget we are asking GTK+ to set the visibility attribute so that it
can be displayed. All this work is done after the main loop has been
started.</para>
<para>The last line of interest is the call to gtk_main(). This function will
start the GTK+ main loop and will block the control flow of the
<function>main</function>() until the gtk_main_quit() function is
called.</para>
<para>The following example is slightly more complex, and tries to
showcase some of the capabilities of GTK+.</para>
<para>In the long tradition of programming languages and libraries,
it is called <emphasis>Hello, World</emphasis>.</para>
<para>
<inlinegraphic fileref="hello-world.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</para>
<example id="gtk-getting-started-hello-world">
<title>Hello World in GTK+</title>
<programlisting>
<xi:include href="../../../../examples/hello-world.c" parse="text">
<informalexample><programlisting>
<xi:include href="../../../../examples/window-default.c" parse="text">
<xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback>
</xi:include>
</programlisting>
</example>
</programlisting></informalexample>
<para>You can compile the program above with GCC using:</para>
<para><literallayout>
<literal>gcc `pkg-config --cflags gtk+-3.0` -o window-default window-default.c `pkg-config --libs gtk+-3.0`</literal>
</literallayout></para>
<note><para>For more information on how to compile a GTK+ application, please
refer to the <link linkend="gtk-compiling">Compiling GTK+ Applications</link>
section in this reference.</para></note>
<para>All GTK+ applications will, of course, include
<filename>gtk/gtk.h</filename>, which declares functions, types and
macros required by GTK+ applications.</para>
<warning><para>Even if GTK+ installs multiple header files, only the
top-level <filename>gtk/gtk.h</filename> header can be directly included
by third party code. The compiler will abort with an error if any other
header is directly included.</para></warning>
<para>We then proceed into the <function>main</function>() function of the
application, and we declare a <varname>window</varname> variable as a pointer
of type #GtkWidget.</para>
<para>The following line will call gtk_init(), which
is the initialization function for GTK+; this function will set up GTK+,
the type system, the connection to the windowing environment, etc. The
gtk_init() takes as arguments the pointers to the command line arguments
counter and string array; this allows GTK+ to parse specific command line
arguments that control the behavior of GTK+ itself. The parsed arguments
will be removed from the array, leaving the unrecognized ones for your
application to parse.</para>
<note><para>For more information on which command line arguments GTK+
recognizes, please refer to the <link linkend="gtk-running">Running GTK+
Applications</link> section in this reference.</para></note>
<para>The call to gtk_window_new() will create a new #GtkWindow and store
it inside the <varname>window</varname> variable. The type of the window
is %GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL, which means that the #GtkWindow will be managed
by the windowing system: it will have a frame, a title bar and window
controls, depending on the platform.</para>
<para>In order to terminate the application when the #GtkWindow is
destroyed, we connect the #GtkWidget::destroy signal to the gtk_main_quit()
function. This function will terminate the GTK+ main loop started by calling
gtk_main() later. The #GtkWidget::destroy signal is emitted when a widget is
destroyed, either by explicitly calling gtk_widget_destroy() or when the
widget is unparented. Top-level #GtkWindow<!-- -->s are also destroyed when
the Close window control button is clicked.</para>
<para>#GtkWidget<!-- -->s are hidden by default. By calling gtk_widget_show()
on a #GtkWidget we are asking GTK+ to set the visibility attribute so that it
can be displayed. All this work is done after the main loop has been
started.</para>
<para>The last line of interest is the call to gtk_main(). This function will
start the GTK+ main loop and will block the control flow of the
main() until the gtk_main_quit() function is called.</para>
<para>While the program is running, GTK+ is receiving
<firstterm>events</firstterm>. These are typically input events caused by
the user interacting with your program, but also things like messages from
the window manager or other applications. GTK+ processes these and as a
result, <firstterm>signals</firstterm> may be emitted on your widgets.
Connecting handlers for these signals is how you normally make your
program do something in response to user input.</para>
<para>The following example is slightly more complex, and tries to
showcase some of the capabilities of GTK+.</para>
<para>In the long tradition of programming languages and libraries,
it is called <emphasis>Hello, World</emphasis>.</para>
<para>
<inlinegraphic fileref="hello-world.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</para>
<example id="gtk-getting-started-hello-world">
<title>Hello World in GTK+</title>
<programlisting>
<xi:include href="../../../../examples/hello-world.c" parse="text">
<xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback>
</xi:include>
</programlisting>
</example>
</section>
<section>
<title>Packing</title>
<para>When creating an application, you'll want to put more than one widget
inside a window. Our first helloworld example only used one widget so we
could simply use a gtk_container_add() call to "pack" the widget into the
window. But when you want to put more than one widget into a window, it
it becomes important to control how each widget is positioned and sized.
This is where packing comes in.</para>
<para>GTK+ comes with a large variety of <firstterm>layout containers</firstterm>
whose purpose it is to control the layout of the child widgets that are
added to them. See <xref linkend="LayoutContainers"/> for an overview.</para>
<para>The following example shows how the GtkGrid container lets you
arrange several buttons:</para>
<para>
<inlinegraphic fileref="grid-packing.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</para>
<example id="gtk-getting-started-grid-packing">
<title>Packing buttons</title>
<programlisting>
<xi:include href="../../../../examples/grid-packing.c" parse="text">
<xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback>
</xi:include>
</programlisting>
</example>
</section>
<section>
<title>Drawing</title>
<para>Many widgets, like buttons, do all their drawing themselves. You
just tell them the label you want to see, and they figure out what font
to use, draw the button outline and focus rectangle, etc. Sometimes, it
is necessary to do some custom drawing. In that case, a #GtkDrawingArea
might be the right widget to use. It offers a canvas on which you can
draw by connecting to the #GtkWidget::draw signal.
</para>
<para>The contents of a widget often need to be partially or fully redrawn,
e.g. when another window is moved and uncovers part of the widget, or
when tie window containing it is resized. It is also possible to explicitly
cause part or all of the widget to be redrawn, by calling
gtk_widget_queue_draw() or its variants. GTK+ takes care of most of the
details by providing a ready-to-use cairo context to the ::draw signal
handler.</para>
<para>The following example shows a ::draw signal handler. It is a bit
more complicated than the previous examples, since it also demonstrates
input event handling by means of ::button-press and ::motion-notify
handlers.</para>
<para>
<inlinegraphic fileref="drawing.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</para>
<example id="gtk-getting-started-drawing">
<title>Drawing in response to input</title>
<programlisting>
<xi:include href="../../../../examples/drawing.c" parse="text">
<xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback>
</xi:include>
</programlisting>
</example>
</section>
</chapter>

61
docs/reference/gtk/gtk-builder-convert-3.0.xml
View File

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
<refentry id="gtk-builder-convert">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>gtk-builder-convert-3.0</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>gtk-builder-convert-3.0</refname>
<refpurpose>Glade file conversion utility</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsynopsisdiv>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>gtk-builder-convert-3.0</command>
<arg choice="opt">--skip-windows</arg>
<arg choice="opt">--root <replaceable>name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice="req">input</arg>
<arg choice="req">output</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1><title>Description</title>
<para><command>gtk-builder-convert-3.0</command> converts glade files
into XML files which can be loaded with GtkBuilder.
</para>
<para>
It expects the name of a glade file as the first argument, and writes
its output the file specified as the second argument.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1><title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>--skip-windows</term>
<term>-w</term>
<listitem><para>Convert everything but GtkWindow subclasses.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>--root</term>
<term>-r</term>
<listitem><para>Convert only the widget named <replaceable>name</replaceable>
and its children.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1><title>Bugs</title>
<para>
Toolbars are not handled.
</para>
<para>
Support for accessibility is not yet implemented.
</para>
<para>
The script requires a python interpreter to run.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

7
docs/reference/gtk/gtk-docs.sgml
View File

@ -61,6 +61,7 @@
<xi:include href="xml/gtkgradient.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkicontheme.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkiconfactory.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtknumerableicon.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkrc.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkstyle.xml" />
</part>
@ -151,6 +152,9 @@
<xi:include href="xml/gtktreemodelsort.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtktreemodelfilter.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkcelllayout.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkcellarea.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkcellareabox.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkcellareacontext.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkcellrenderer.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkcelleditable.xml" />
<xi:include href="xml/gtkcellrendereraccel.xml" />
@ -353,8 +357,7 @@
<part>
<title>GTK+ Tools</title>
<xi:include href="gtk-query-immodules-3.0.xml" />
<xi:include href="gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0.xml" />
<xi:include href="gtk-builder-convert-3.0.xml" />
<xi:include href="gtk-update-icon-cache.xml" />
</part>
<xi:include href="glossary.xml" />

2
docs/reference/gtk/gtk-query-immodules-3.0.xml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="gtk-query-immodules">
<refentry id="gtk-query-immodules-3.0">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>gtk-query-immodules-3.0</refentrytitle>

14
docs/reference/gtk/gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0.xml → docs/reference/gtk/gtk-update-icon-cache.xml
View File

@ -5,18 +5,18 @@
<refentry id="gtk-update-icon-cache">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0</refentrytitle>
<refentrytitle>gtk-update-icon-cache</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0</refname>
<refname>gtk-update-icon-cache</refname>
<refpurpose>Icon theme caching utility</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsynopsisdiv>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0</command>
<command>gtk-update-icon-cache</command>
<arg choice="opt">--force</arg>
<arg choice="opt">--ignore-theme-index</arg>
<arg choice="opt">--index-only</arg>
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
<refsect1><title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0</command> creates mmap()able cache
<command>gtk-update-icon-cache</command> creates mmap()able cache
files for icon themes.
</para>
<para>
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
information about the icons in the directory tree below the given directory.
</para>
<para>
GTK+ can use the cache files created by <command>gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0</command>
GTK+ can use the cache files created by <command>gtk-update-icon-cache</command>
to avoid a lot of system call and disk seek overhead when the application
starts. Since the format of the cache files allows them to be mmap()ed
shared between multiple applications, the overall memory consumption is
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
<term>--ignore-theme-index</term>
<term>-t</term>
<listitem><para>Don't check for the existence of 'index.theme' in the icon
theme directory. Without this option, <command>gtk-update-icon-cache-3.0</command>
theme directory. Without this option, <command>gtk-update-icon-cache</command>
refuses to create an icon cache in a directory which does not appear to
be the toplevel directory of an icon theme.
</para></listitem>
@ -104,5 +104,3 @@ None known yet.
</refsect1>
</refentry>

286
docs/reference/gtk/gtk3-sections.txt
View File

@ -791,6 +791,8 @@ gtk_combo_box_new
gtk_combo_box_new_with_entry
gtk_combo_box_new_with_model
gtk_combo_box_new_with_model_and_entry
gtk_combo_box_new_with_area
gtk_combo_box_new_with_area_and_entry
gtk_combo_box_get_wrap_width
gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width
gtk_combo_box_get_row_span_column
@ -994,9 +996,6 @@ gtk_editable_get_editable
GTK_EDITABLE
GTK_IS_EDITABLE
GTK_TYPE_EDITABLE
GTK_EDITABLE_CLASS
GTK_IS_EDITABLE_CLASS
GTK_EDITABLE_GET_CLASS
GTK_EDITABLE_GET_IFACE
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_editable_get_type
@ -1119,6 +1118,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_type
GtkEntryCompletion
GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc
gtk_entry_completion_new
gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area
gtk_entry_completion_get_entry
gtk_entry_completion_set_model
gtk_entry_completion_get_model
@ -1621,6 +1621,7 @@ gtk_hseparator_get_type
GtkIconView
GtkIconViewForeachFunc
gtk_icon_view_new
gtk_icon_view_new_with_area
gtk_icon_view_new_with_model
gtk_icon_view_set_model
gtk_icon_view_get_model
@ -1678,7 +1679,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source
gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest
gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable
gtk_icon_view_get_reorderable
gtk_icon_view_set_drag_dest_item
gtk_icon_view_set_drag_dest_item
gtk_icon_view_get_drag_dest_item
gtk_icon_view_get_dest_item_at_pos
gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon
@ -1736,9 +1737,7 @@ GTK_IMAGE_GET_CLASS
GtkImagePrivate
gtk_image_get_type
GtkImageIconSetData
GtkImageImageData
GtkImagePixbufData
GtkImagePixmapData
GtkImageStockData
GtkImageAnimationData
GtkImageIconNameData
@ -2120,6 +2119,8 @@ gtk_menu_shell_activate_item
gtk_menu_shell_cancel
gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus
gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus
gtk_menu_shell_get_selected_item
gtk_menu_shell_get_parent_shell
GtkMenuDirectionType
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_MENU_SHELL
@ -2269,6 +2270,34 @@ GtkNotebookTab
GtkNotebookPrivate
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtknumerableicon</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkNumerableIcon</TITLE>
GtkNumerableIcon
gtk_numerable_icon_new
gtk_numerable_icon_new_with_style_context
gtk_numerable_icon_get_background_gicon
gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_gicon
gtk_numerable_icon_get_background_icon_name
gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_icon_name
gtk_numerable_icon_get_count
gtk_numerable_icon_set_count
gtk_numerable_icon_get_label
gtk_numerable_icon_set_label
gtk_numerable_icon_get_style_context
gtk_numerable_icon_set_style_context
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_NUMERABLE_ICON
GTK_IS_NUMERABLE_ICON
GTK_TYPE_NUMERABLE_ICON
GTK_NUMERABLE_ICON_CLASS
GTK_IS_NUMERABLE_ICON_CLASS
GTK_NUMERABLE_ICON_GET_CLASS
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_numerable_icon_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkoffscreenwindow</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkOffscreenWindow</TITLE>
@ -2449,15 +2478,15 @@ gtk_range_set_fill_level
gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level
gtk_range_set_show_fill_level
gtk_range_get_adjustment
gtk_range_set_update_policy
gtk_range_set_adjustment
gtk_range_get_inverted
gtk_range_set_inverted
gtk_range_get_update_policy
gtk_range_get_value
gtk_range_set_value
gtk_range_set_increments
gtk_range_set_range
gtk_range_set_value
gtk_range_get_round_digits
gtk_range_set_round_digits
GtkSensitivityType
gtk_range_set_lower_stepper_sensitivity
gtk_range_get_lower_stepper_sensitivity
@ -2482,8 +2511,6 @@ GTK_RANGE_GET_CLASS
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_range_get_type
GtkRangePrivate
GtkRangeLayout
GtkRangeStepTimer
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@ -2772,13 +2799,11 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_vscroll_policy
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GtkScrollableIface
GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE
GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE_CLASS
GTK_SCROLLABLE
GTK_SCROLLABLE_CLASS
GTK_SCROLLABLE_GET_IFACE
GtkScrollableInterface
GTK_TYPE_SCROLLABLE
GTK_SCROLLABLE
GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE
GTK_SCROLLABLE_GET_IFACE
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_scrollable_get_type
@ -3001,7 +3026,7 @@ GTK_SPINNER
GTK_IS_SPINNER
GTK_TYPE_SPINNER
GTK_SPINNER_CLASS
GTK_IS_SPINER_CLASS
GTK_IS_SPINNER_CLASS
GTK_SPINNER_GET_CLASS
GTK_IS_SPINNER_CLASS
@ -3227,7 +3252,6 @@ GTK_TEXT_BUFFER_GET_CLASS
<SUBSECTION Private>
GtkTextBufferPrivate
gtk_text_buffer_get_type
GtkTextLogAttrCache
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@ -3496,8 +3520,6 @@ GtkTextViewPrivate
gtk_text_view_get_type
gtk_text_child_anchor_get_type
GtkTextBTree
GtkTextWindow
GtkTextPendingScroll
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@ -3929,6 +3951,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first
gtk_tree_model_get_path
gtk_tree_model_get_value
gtk_tree_model_iter_next
gtk_tree_model_iter_previous
gtk_tree_model_iter_children
gtk_tree_model_iter_has_child
gtk_tree_model_iter_n_children
@ -4145,6 +4168,7 @@ GtkTreeViewColumnSizing
GtkTreeCellDataFunc
GtkTreeViewColumn
gtk_tree_view_column_new
gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area
gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes
gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start
gtk_tree_view_column_pack_end
@ -4333,6 +4357,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_type
<TITLE>GtkCellView</TITLE>
GtkCellView
gtk_cell_view_new
gtk_cell_view_new_with_context
gtk_cell_view_new_with_text
gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup
gtk_cell_view_new_with_pixbuf
@ -4343,6 +4368,10 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row
gtk_cell_view_get_size_of_row
gtk_cell_view_set_background_color
gtk_cell_view_set_background_rgba
gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive
gtk_cell_view_get_draw_sensitive
gtk_cell_view_set_fit_model
gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GtkCellViewClass
GTK_TYPE_CELL_VIEW
@ -4364,6 +4393,7 @@ GtkCellLayoutIface
GtkCellLayoutDataFunc
gtk_cell_layout_pack_start
gtk_cell_layout_pack_end
gtk_cell_layout_get_area
gtk_cell_layout_get_cells
gtk_cell_layout_reorder
gtk_cell_layout_clear
@ -4380,6 +4410,129 @@ GTK_CELL_LAYOUT_GET_IFACE
gtk_cell_layout_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkcellarea</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkCellArea</TITLE>
GtkCellArea
GtkCellAreaClass
GtkCellCallback
GtkCellAllocCallback
GTK_CELL_AREA_WARN_INVALID_CELL_PROPERTY_ID
gtk_cell_area_add
gtk_cell_area_remove
gtk_cell_area_has_renderer
gtk_cell_area_foreach
gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc
gtk_cell_area_event
gtk_cell_area_render
gtk_cell_area_set_style_detail
gtk_cell_area_get_style_detail
gtk_cell_area_get_cell_allocation
gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position
gtk_cell_area_create_context
gtk_cell_area_copy_context
gtk_cell_area_get_request_mode
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height
gtk_cell_area_get_current_path_string
gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes
gtk_cell_area_attribute_connect
gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect
gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property
gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property
gtk_cell_area_class_list_cell_properties
gtk_cell_area_add_with_properties
gtk_cell_area_cell_set
gtk_cell_area_cell_get
gtk_cell_area_cell_set_valist
gtk_cell_area_cell_get_valist
gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property
gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property
gtk_cell_area_is_activatable
gtk_cell_area_activate
gtk_cell_area_focus
gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell
gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell
gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling
gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling
gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling
gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings
gtk_cell_area_get_focus_from_sibling
gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell
gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget
gtk_cell_area_activate_cell
gtk_cell_area_stop_editing
gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area
gtk_cell_area_request_renderer
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_CELL_AREA
GTK_IS_CELL_AREA
GTK_TYPE_CELL_AREA
gtk_cell_area_get_type
GTK_CELL_AREA_CLASS
GTK_IS_CELL_AREA_CLASS
GTK_CELL_AREA_GET_CLASS
GtkCellAreaPrivate
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkcellareacontext</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkCellAreaContext</TITLE>
GtkCellAreaContextClass
GtkCellAreaContext
gtk_cell_area_context_get_area
gtk_cell_area_context_allocate
gtk_cell_area_context_reset
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width_for_height
gtk_cell_area_context_get_allocation
gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_width
gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_height
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_CELL_AREA_CONTEXT
GTK_IS_CELL_AREA_CONTEXT
GTK_TYPE_CELL_AREA_CONTEXT
gtk_cell_area_context_get_type
GTK_CELL_AREA_CONTEXT_CLASS
GTK_IS_CELL_AREA_CONTEXT_CLASS
GTK_CELL_AREA_CONTEXT_GET_CLASS
GtkCellAreaContextPrivate
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkcellareabox</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkCellAreaBox</TITLE>
GtkCellAreaBox
GtkCellAreaBoxClass
gtk_cell_area_box_new
gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start
gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end
gtk_cell_area_box_get_spacing
gtk_cell_area_box_set_spacing
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_CELL_AREA_BOX
GTK_IS_CELL_AREA_BOX
GTK_TYPE_CELL_AREA_BOX
GTK_CELL_AREA_BOX_CLASS
GTK_IS_CELL_AREA_BOX_CLASS
GTK_CELL_AREA_BOX_GET_CLASS
GTK_CELL_AREA_BOX_CONTEXT
GTK_CELL_AREA_BOX_CONTEXT_CLASS
GTK_CELL_AREA_BOX_CONTEXT_GET_CLASS
GTK_IS_CELL_AREA_BOX_CONTEXT
GTK_IS_CELL_AREA_BOX_CONTEXT_CLASS
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_cell_area_box_get_type
GtkCellAreaBoxPrivate
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkcellrenderer</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkCellRenderer</TITLE>
@ -4387,6 +4540,7 @@ GtkCellRendererState
GtkCellRendererMode
GtkCellRenderer
GtkCellRendererClass
gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area
gtk_cell_renderer_get_size
gtk_cell_renderer_render
gtk_cell_renderer_activate
@ -4402,6 +4556,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_alignment
gtk_cell_renderer_set_alignment
gtk_cell_renderer_get_padding
gtk_cell_renderer_set_padding
gtk_cell_renderer_is_activatable
<SUBSECTION Width-for-height>
gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height
@ -4410,8 +4565,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_size
gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width
gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width_for_height
gtk_cell_renderer_get_request_mode
gtk_cell_view_get_desired_height_for_width_of_row
gtk_cell_view_get_desired_width_of_row
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_CELL_RENDERER
@ -4423,6 +4576,8 @@ GTK_CELL_RENDERER_GET_CLASS
<SUBSECTION Private>
GtkCellRendererPrivate
gtk_cell_renderer_get_type
gtk_cell_renderer_mode_get_type
gtk_cell_renderer_state_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@ -4586,6 +4741,7 @@ GTK_IS_CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL_CLASS
GTK_CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL_GET_CLASS
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_cell_renderer_accel_get_type
gtk_cell_renderer_accel_mode_get_type
GtkCellRendererAccelPrivate
</SECTION>
@ -4818,11 +4974,11 @@ gtk_widget_get_parent_window
gtk_widget_set_events
gtk_widget_get_events
gtk_widget_add_events
gtk_widget_set_extension_events
gtk_widget_get_extension_events
gtk_widget_set_device_events
gtk_widget_get_device_events
gtk_widget_add_device_events
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled
gtk_widget_get_device_enabled
gtk_widget_get_toplevel
gtk_widget_get_ancestor
gtk_widget_get_visual
@ -4868,7 +5024,6 @@ gtk_widget_pop_composite_child
gtk_widget_push_composite_child
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region
gtk_widget_reset_shapes
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered
gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate
@ -5073,8 +5228,6 @@ gtk_window_begin_resize_drag
gtk_window_begin_move_drag
gtk_window_set_decorated
gtk_window_set_deletable
gtk_window_set_frame_dimensions
gtk_window_set_has_frame
gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifier
gtk_window_set_type_hint
gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint
@ -5090,8 +5243,6 @@ gtk_window_get_default_icon_list
gtk_window_get_default_icon_name
gtk_window_get_default_size
gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent
gtk_window_get_frame_dimensions
gtk_window_get_has_frame
gtk_window_get_icon
gtk_window_get_icon_list
gtk_window_get_icon_name
@ -5135,6 +5286,7 @@ gtk_window_resize_grip_is_visible
gtk_window_get_resize_grip_area
gtk_window_get_application
gtk_window_set_application
gtk_window_set_has_user_ref_count
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_WINDOW
@ -5178,7 +5330,6 @@ gtk_window_group_get_type
<SECTION>
<FILE>gtkmain</FILE>
<TITLE>General</TITLE>
gtk_set_locale
gtk_disable_setlocale
gtk_get_default_language
gtk_parse_args
@ -5208,16 +5359,6 @@ gtk_grab_remove
gtk_device_grab_add
gtk_device_grab_remove
<SUBSECTION>
GtkFunction
gtk_quit_add_destroy
gtk_quit_add
GtkCallbackMarshal
GtkArg
gtk_quit_add_full
gtk_quit_remove
gtk_quit_remove_by_data
<SUBSECTION>
GTK_PRIORITY_RESIZE
@ -5267,7 +5408,7 @@ GtkWidgetPath
gtk_widget_path_append_type
gtk_widget_path_copy
gtk_widget_path_free
gtk_widget_path_get_widget_type
gtk_widget_path_get_object_type
gtk_widget_path_has_parent
gtk_widget_path_is_type
gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class
@ -5275,7 +5416,7 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_add_region
gtk_widget_path_iter_clear_classes
gtk_widget_path_iter_clear_regions
gtk_widget_path_iter_get_name
gtk_widget_path_iter_get_widget_type
gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_type
gtk_widget_path_iter_has_class
gtk_widget_path_iter_has_name
gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qclass
@ -5287,10 +5428,16 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_list_regions
gtk_widget_path_iter_remove_class
gtk_widget_path_iter_remove_region
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_widget_type
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_type
gtk_widget_path_length
gtk_widget_path_new
gtk_widget_path_prepend_type
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_PATH
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_widget_path_get_type
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@ -5383,6 +5530,22 @@ GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MENUITEM
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PROGRESSBAR
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SPINNER
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOOLBAR
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PANE_SEPARATOR
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DND
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_ERROR
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_EXPANDER
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_FRAME
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HIGHLIGHT
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_INFO
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MARK
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_NOTEBOOK
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_QUESTION
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCALE
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SPINBUTTON
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_VIEW
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_WARNING
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HORIZONTAL
GTK_STYLE_CLASS_VERTICAL
GTK_STYLE_REGION_COLUMN
GTK_STYLE_REGION_COLUMN_HEADER
GTK_STYLE_REGION_ROW
@ -5409,6 +5572,7 @@ gtk_style_context_get_border_color
gtk_style_context_get_border
gtk_style_context_get_padding
gtk_style_context_get_margin
gtk_style_context_get_font
gtk_style_context_invalidate
gtk_style_context_state_is_running
gtk_style_context_lookup_color
@ -5416,6 +5580,8 @@ gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set
gtk_style_context_notify_state_change
gtk_style_context_pop_animatable_region
gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region
gtk_style_context_cancel_animations
gtk_style_context_scroll_animations
gtk_style_context_remove_provider
gtk_style_context_remove_provider_for_screen
gtk_style_context_reset_widgets
@ -5519,6 +5685,7 @@ gtk_theming_engine_get_border_color
gtk_theming_engine_get_border
gtk_theming_engine_get_padding
gtk_theming_engine_get_margin
gtk_theming_engine_get_font
gtk_theming_engine_has_class
gtk_theming_engine_has_region
gtk_theming_engine_lookup_color
@ -5715,6 +5882,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_targets_include_rich_text
gtk_selection_data_get_selection
gtk_selection_data_get_data
gtk_selection_data_get_length
gtk_selection_data_get_data_with_length
gtk_selection_data_get_data_type
gtk_selection_data_get_display
gtk_selection_data_get_format
@ -5877,7 +6045,6 @@ GtkShadowType
GtkStateType
GtkStateFlags
GtkToolbarStyle
GtkUpdateType
GtkWindowPosition
GtkWindowType
GtkSortType
@ -6556,6 +6723,26 @@ gtk_print_job_get_surface
gtk_print_job_send
gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status
gtk_print_job_get_track_print_status
gtk_print_job_get_pages
gtk_print_job_set_pages
gtk_print_job_get_page_ranges
gtk_print_job_set_page_ranges
gtk_print_job_get_page_set
gtk_print_job_set_page_set
gtk_print_job_get_num_copies
gtk_print_job_set_num_copies
gtk_print_job_get_scale
gtk_print_job_set_scale
gtk_print_job_get_n_up
gtk_print_job_set_n_up
gtk_print_job_get_n_up_layout
gtk_print_job_set_n_up_layout
gtk_print_job_get_rotate
gtk_print_job_set_rotate
gtk_print_job_get_collate
gtk_print_job_set_collate
gtk_print_job_get_reverse
gtk_print_job_set_reverse
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TYPE_PRINT_JOB
@ -6748,9 +6935,18 @@ gtk_app_chooser_refresh
GTK_TYPE_APP_CHOOSER
GTK_APP_CHOOSER
GTK_IS_APP_CHOOSER
GTK_APP_CHOOSER_GET_IFACE
<SUBSECTION Private>
gtk_app_chooser_get_type
GTK_APP_CHOOSER_ONLINE
GTK_APP_CHOOSER_ONLINE_GET_IFACE
GTK_APP_CHOOSER_ONLINE_PK
GTK_APP_CHOOSER_ONLINE_PK_CLASS
GTK_APP_CHOOSER_ONLINE_PK_GET_CLASS
GTK_IS_APP_CHOOSER_ONLINE
GTK_IS_APP_CHOOSER_ONLINE_PK
GTK_IS_APP_CHOOSER_ONLINE_PK_CLASS
</SECTION>
<SECTION>

4
docs/reference/gtk/gtk3.types
View File

@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ gtk_buildable_get_type
gtk_button_box_get_type
gtk_button_get_type
gtk_calendar_get_type
gtk_cell_area_get_type
gtk_cell_area_box_get_type
gtk_cell_area_context_get_type
gtk_cell_editable_get_type
gtk_cell_layout_get_type
gtk_cell_renderer_accel_get_type
@ -98,6 +101,7 @@ gtk_message_dialog_get_type
gtk_misc_get_type
gtk_mount_operation_get_type
gtk_notebook_get_type
gtk_numerable_icon_get_type
gtk_offscreen_window_get_type
gtk_orientable_get_type
gtk_page_setup_get_type

BIN
docs/reference/gtk/images/appchooserbutton.png Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.0 KiB

BIN
docs/reference/gtk/images/appchooserdialog.png Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 51 KiB

BIN
docs/reference/gtk/images/drawing.png Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 3.6 KiB

BIN
docs/reference/gtk/images/grid-packing.png Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.5 KiB

BIN
docs/reference/gtk/images/numerableicon.png Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 2.6 KiB

BIN
docs/reference/gtk/images/numerableicon2.png Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 2.3 KiB

106
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-2to3.xml
View File

@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-2-to-3">
<title>Migrating from GTK+ 2.x to GTK+ 3</title>
@ -99,10 +100,11 @@
</para>
<para>
To ensure that your application does not have problems with this, you
define the preprocessor symbol <literal>GSEAL_ENABLE</literal>. This
will make the compiler catch all uses of direct access to struct fields
so that you can go through them one by one and replace them with a call
to an accessor function instead.
define the preprocessor symbol <literal>GSEAL_ENABLE</literal> while
building your application against GTK+ 2.x. This will make the compiler
catch all uses of direct access to struct fields so that you can go
through them one by one and replace them with a call to an accessor
function instead.
<programlisting>
make CFLAGS+="-DGSEAL_ENABLE"
</programlisting>
@ -122,6 +124,53 @@
</section>
<section>
<title>Use GIO for launching applications</title>
<para>
The <literal>gdk_spawn</literal> family of functions has been
deprecated in GDK 2.24 and removed from GDK 3. Various replacements
exist; the best replacement depends on the circumstances:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>If you are opening a document or URI by launching a command
like <literal>firefox http://my-favourite-website.com</literal> or
<literal>gnome-open ghelp:epiphany</literal>, it is best to just use
gtk_show_uri(); as an added benefit, your application will henceforth
respect the users preference for what application to use.</listitem>
<listitem>If you are launching a regular, installed application that
has a desktop file, it is best to use GIOs #GAppInfo with a suitable
launch context.
<informalexample><programlisting>
GAppInfo *info;
GAppLaunchContext *context;
GError *error = NULL;
info = g_desktop_app_info_new ("epiphany.desktop");
context = gdk_display_get_app_launch_context (display);
g_app_info_launch (info, NULL, context, &amp;error);
if (error)
{
g_warning ("Failed to launch epiphany: %s", error-&gt;message);
g_error_free (error);
}
g_object_unref (info);
g_object_unref (context);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</listitem>
<listitem>If you are launching a custom commandline, you can
still use g_app_info_launch() with a GAppInfo that is constructed
with g_app_info_create_from_commandline(), or you can use the
more lowlevel <literal>g_spawn</literal> family of functions
(e.g. g_spawn_command_line_async()), and pass <envar>DISPLAY</envar>
in the environment. gdk_screen_make_display_name() can be
used to find the right value for the <envar>DISPLAY</envar>
environment variable.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>Use cairo for drawing</title>
<para>
@ -655,7 +704,7 @@ g_object_unref (pixbuf);
in 'native' surfaces. Therefore, #GdkColormap and related functions
have been removed in GTK+ 3, and visuals are used instead. The
colormap-handling functions of #GtkWidget (gtk_widget_set_colormap(),
etc) have been removed and gtk_window_set_visual() has been added.
etc) have been removed and gtk_widget_set_visual() has been added.
</para>
<example><title>Setting up a translucent window</title>
<para>You might have a screen-changed handler like the following
@ -691,12 +740,55 @@ on_alpha_screen_changed (GtkWindow *window,
if (visual == NULL)
visual = gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
gtk_window_set_visual (window, visual);
gtk_widget_set_visual (window, visual);
}
</programlisting>
</example>
</section>
<section>
<title>Backend-specific code</title>
<para>
In GTK+ 2.x, GDK could only be compiled for one backend at a time,
and the %GDK_WINDOWING_X11 or %GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 macros could
be used to find out which one you are dealing with:
<informalexample><programlisting>
#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
if (timestamp != GDK_CURRENT_TIME)
gdk_x11_window_set_user_time (gdk_window, timestamp);
#endif
#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32
/* ... win32 specific code ... */
#endif
</programlisting></informalexample>
In GTK+ 3, GDK can be built with multiple backends, and currently
used backend has to be determined at runtime, typically using
type-check macros on a #GdkDisplay or #GdkWindow. You still need
to use the #GDK_WINDOWING macros to only compile code referring
to supported backends:
<informalexample><programlisting>
#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
if (GDK_IS_X11_DISPLAY (display))
{
if (timestamp != GDK_CURRENT_TIME)
gdk_x11_window_set_user_time (gdk_window, timestamp);
}
else
#endif
#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32
if (GDK_IS_WIN32_DISPLAY (display))
{
/* ... win32 specific code ... */
}
else
#endif
{
g_warning ("Unsupported GDK backend");
}
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>The GtkWidget::draw signal</title>
<para>
@ -954,6 +1046,8 @@ gtk_arrow_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
</para>
</section>
<xi:include href="migrating-GtkStyleContext.xml" />
</section>
</chapter>

64
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-ClientSideWindows.sgml
View File

@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-ClientSideWindows">
<title>Migrating to client-side windows</title>
<para>
In version 2.18, GDK has been changed to use client-side windows. This
means that there is no longer a 1-1 correspondence between #GdkWindows
and windows in the underlying window system. In particular, it is no
longer correct to assume that each window has an associated XID.
Code that makes this assumption can sometimes be fixed by calling
gdk_window_ensure_native() on the windows in question.
Calling gdk_x11_window_get_xid() (or GDK_WINDOW_XID()) from the
X11-specific API on a non-native window will explicitly call
gdk_window_ensure_native(), so old code using this will continue to
work. A small gotcha is that the GDK_WINDOW_XID() call is no longer a
trivial accessor for the XID of the window, and thus must not be called
from another thread without taking locking precautions.
</para>
<para>
GDK looks for the <envar>GDK_NATIVE_WINDOWS</envar> environment variable
and makes all windows native if it is set. It also tries to be more
compatible with the way prior versions worked in some other ways.
</para>
<para>
Some applications assume that they can just operate on the X windows
corresponding to their GDK windows without ever telling GDK. One
example that we've seen is changing the child window stacking order
using XRestackWindows(). Fixing this properly requires to fix the code
to use GDK functions to achieve whatever it is trying to achieve.
To make this easier in the case of stacking order changes, we've added
a gdk_window_restack() function.
</para>
<para>
One change that can cause problems for some applications is that GDK
is more aggressive about optimizing away expose events. Code that does
more than just repainting exposed areas in response to expose events
may be affected by this.
</para>
<para>
Problems can also occur when using cairo for drawing. One thing that can
go wrong is clip handling. You may not use cairo_reset_clip() on a
cairo_t on a cairo context created via gdk_cairo_create() or passed to
the GtkWidget::draw signal.
</para>
<para>
Due to a weird API in XClearArea the gdk_window_clear_area() call handled
a specified width or height of zero to mean "to end of window" for
non-double-buffered drawing. This has been changed to be consistent with
the docs and what happens in the double-buffered case. All code in GTK+
that relied on this has been fixed, but it is possible (although unlikely)
that third party applications rely on this. If you need to do this, just
implement it yourself using gdk_drawable_get_size().
</para>
</chapter>

98
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkAboutDialog.sgml
View File

@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkAboutDialog">
<title>Migrating from GnomeAbout to GtkAboutDialog</title>
<para>
Since version 2.6, GTK+ provides the #GtkAboutDialog widget as a
replacement for the <structname>GnomeAbout</structname> dialog in
the libgnomeui library.
</para>
<para>
#GtkAboutDialog supports all features found in <structname>GnomeAbout</structname>.
The <structname>GtkAboutDialog</structname> API is bigger, since it follows
the GTK+ policy to have getters and setters for all widget properties,
but it isn't much more complex than <structname>GnomeAbout</structname>.
</para>
<para>
To convert an application that uses <structname>GnomeAbout</structname> to
<structname>GtkAboutDialog</structname>, as a first step, replace calls
like
<informalexample><programlisting>
const gchar *documentors[] = {
"Documenter 1",
"Documenter 2",
NULL
};
const gchar *documentors[] = {
"Author 1",
"Author 2",
NULL
};
GtkWidget *about = gnome_about_new ("GNOME Test Program", VERSION,
"(C) 1998-2001 The Free Software Foundation",
"Program to display GNOME functions.",
authors,
documenters,
_("translator-credits"),
"logo.png");
</programlisting></informalexample>
by something like
<informalexample><programlisting>
GdkPixbuf *logo = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("logo.png", NULL);
GtkWidget *about = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_ABOUT_DIALOG,
"name", "GNOME Test Program",
"version", VERSION,
"copyright", "(C) 1998-2001 The Free Software Foundation",
"comments", "Program to display GNOME functions.",
"authors", authors,
"documenters", documenters,
"translator-credits", _("translator-credits"),
"logo", logo,
NULL);
g_object_unref (pixbuf);
</programlisting></informalexample>
If the g_object_new() construction scares you, you can also use
gtk_about_dialog_new() to construct the dialog and then use the
setters for the individual properties.
</para>
<para>
Once you are done with the initial conversion, you may want to look into
using some of the features of <structname>GtkAboutDialog</structname>
which are not present in <structname>GnomeAbout</structname>.
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
You can specify license information with the
#GtkAboutDialog:license property
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
You can add separate credits for artists with the
#GtkAboutDialog:artists property
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
You can add a pointer to the website of your application, using the
#GtkAboutDialog:website and #GtkAboutDialog:website-label properties.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
If your credits contain email addresses or URLs, you can turn them
into clickable links using gtk_about_dialog_set_email_hook() and
gtk_about_dialog_set_url_hook().
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

445
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkAction.sgml
View File

@ -1,445 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkAction">
<chapterinfo>
<author>
<firstname>Federico</firstname>
<surname>Mena-Quintero</surname>
<affiliation>
<address>
<email>federico@ximian.com</email>
</address>
</affiliation>
</author>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from old menu and toolbar systems to GtkAction</title>
<para>
Prior to GTK+ 2.4, there were several APIs in use to create menus
and toolbars. GTK+ itself included #GtkItemFactory, which was
historically used in the GIMP; libgnomeui provided the gnome-ui
set of macros; libbonoboui provided a complex mechanism to do menu
merging across embedded components. GTK+ 2.4 includes a system
for creating menus and toolbars, with merging of items, based
around the #GtkAction mechanism.
</para>
<section id="actions-and-action-groups">
<title>Actions and Action Groups</title>
<para>
A #GtkAction represents an operation that the user can perform from
the menus and toolbars of an application. It is similar to "verbs"
in other menu systems. A #GtkAction has a name, which is its identifier,
and it can have several widgets that represent it in the user interface.
For example, an action for <symbol>EditCopy</symbol> can have a menu item
as well as a toolbar button associated to it. If there is nothing selected
in the document, the application can simply de-sensitize the
<symbol>EditCopy</symbol> action; this will cause both the menu
item and the toolbar button to be de-sensitized automatically.
Similarly, whenever the user selects the menu item or the
toolbar button associated to the <symbol>EditCopy</symbol>
action, the corresponding #GtkAction object will emit an
"activate" signal.
</para>
<para>
#GtkActionGroup is simply a group of #GtkAction objects. An
application may want to have several groups: one for global
actions such as "new document", "about", and "exit"; then one
group for each open document with actions specific to the
document, such as "cut", "copy", "paste", and "print".
</para>
<para>
Normal actions are simply commands, such as
<symbol>FileSave</symbol> or <symbol>EditCopy</symbol>.
Toggle actions can be active or inactive, such as
<symbol>FormatBold</symbol> or <symbol>ViewShowRulers</symbol>.
Radio actions define a set of items for which one and only one
can be active at a time, for example, {
<symbol>ViewHighQuality</symbol>,
<symbol>ViewNormalQuality</symbol>,
<symbol>ViewLowQuality</symbol> }.
</para>
</section>
<section id="ui-manager">
<title>User Interface Manager Object</title>
<para>
#GtkUIManager is an object that can construct menu and toolbar widgets
from an XML description. These widgets are in turn associated to
corresponding actions and action groups.
</para>
<para>
#GtkUIManager supports merging of menus and toolbars for applications
that have multiple components, each with separate sets of commands.
For example, a word processor that can embed images may want to have
toolbar buttons for Bold and Italic when the cursor is on a text
block, but Crop and Brightness/Contrast buttons when the cursor
is on an image. These actions, which change depending on the
state of the application, can be merged and de-merged from a
#GtkUIManager as appropriate.
</para>
</section>
<section id="migrating-gnomeuiinfo">
<title>Migrating from GnomeUIInfo</title>
<para>
Prior to GTK+ 2.4, some applications used the GnomeUIInfo
mechanism from
<filename>&lt;libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h&gt;</filename> to
define their menus and toolbars. With it, a program decleres an
array of <structname>GnomeUIInfo</structname> structures, which
contain information for menu or toolbar items such as their
label, icon, and accelerator key. Then, one calls
gnome_app_fill_menu() or gnome_app_fill_toolbar(), or one of the
related functions, to create the appropriate widgets based on
these structures.
</para>
<para>
A downside of this API is that the same structures are used to
pass back pointers to the widgets that got created. This means
that the structures cannot simply be kept around if the program
requires multiple instances of the user interface (e.g. several
windows); each new invocation of gnome_app_fill_menu() would
overwrite the widget fields of the structures.
</para>
<para>
Another disadvantage is that there is no automatic way to
synchronize the state of related controls. If there are toolbar
toogle buttons for "Bold", "Italic", "Underline", and also
corresponding menu items under "Format/Bold", etc., one has to
synchronize their toggled states by hand whenever the user
selects any one of them.
</para>
<para>
Finally, there is no way to do menu and toolbar merging for
applications that require embedded components.
</para>
<para>
To convert an application that uses GnomeUIInfo into the new
GtkAction mechanism, you need to do several things:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Separate your existing GnomeUIInfo entries into normal
actions, toggle actions, and radio actions, and then create
a separate array of #GtkActionEntry structures
for each group. This will allow you to create the necessary
#GtkActionGroup objects. Note that this does not describe
the actual "shape" that your menus and toolbars will have;
it simply defines the set of commands that will appear in them.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Create an XML description of your menus and toolbars for use
with #GtkUIManager. This defines the actual shape of the menus
and toolbars.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Port the code that uses gnome-app and gnome-app-helper to
#GtkAction and #GtkUIManager.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
If your GnomeUIInfo entries use GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_DATA or
GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_FILENAME for pixmaps, you have to create a
#GtkIconFactory, add it to the list of default factories, then
create a #GtkIconSet for each of your own icons. Add the sets to
the factory, and use the id in the #GtkActionEntry like a regular
GTK+ stock id.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-example">
<title>GnomeUIInfo Example</title>
<para>
The following code shows a declaration of a simple menu bar to
be used with gnome_app_fill_menu() or similar. The menu hierarchy i
looks like this:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guimenu>File</guimenu></para>
<simplelist>
<member><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></member>
</simplelist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guimenu>View</guimenu></para>
<simplelist>
<member><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>[ ] Full Screen</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) High Quality</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) Normal Quality</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) Low Quality</guimenuitem></member>
</simplelist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<programlisting>
static GnomeUIInfo file_menu_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Open", "Open a file",
open_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_OPEN,
'o', GDK_CONTROL_MASK, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "E_xit", "Exit the program",
exit_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_QUIT,
'q', GDK_CONTROL_MASK, NULL},
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo view_radio_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_High Quality", "Display images in high quality, slow mode",
high_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_FILENAME, "high-quality.png",
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Normal Quality", "Display images in normal quality",
normal_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_FILENAME, "normal-quality.png",
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Low Quality", "Display images in low quality, fast mode",
low_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_FILENAME, "low-quality.png",
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo view_menu_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "Zoom _In", "Zoom into the image",
zoom_in_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN,
GDK_PLUS, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "Zoom _Out", "Zoom away from the image",
zoom_out_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT,
GDK_MINUS, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, "_Full Screen", "Switch between full screen and windowed mode",
full_screen_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
GDK_F11, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_RADIOITEMS, NULL, NULL, view_radio_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo menubar[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE, "_File", NULL, file_menu_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE, "_View", NULL, view_menu_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
}
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">
<title><structname>GtkActionEntry</structname> Structures</title>
<para>
The following code is the set of actions that are present in
the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-example">previous
example</link>. Note that the toggle and radio entries are
separate from normal actions. Also, note that #GtkActionEntry
structures take key names in the format of gtk_accelerator_parse()
rather than key values plus modifiers; you will have to convert these
values by hand. For example, %GDK_F11 with no modifiers is equivalent
to a key name of <literal>"F11"</literal>. Likewise, <literal>"o"</literal>
with %GDK_CONTROL_MASK is equivalent to <literal>"&lt;ontrol&gt;O"</literal>.
</para>
<programlisting>
/* Normal items */
static const GtkActionEntry entries[] = {
{ "FileMenu", NULL, "_File" },
{ "ViewMenu", NULL, "_View" },
{ "Open", GTK_STOCK_OPEN, "_Open", "&lt;control&gt;O", "Open a file", open_action_callback },
{ "Exit", GTK_STOCK_QUIT, "E_xit", "&lt;control&gt;Q", "Exit the program", exit_action_callback },
{ "ZoomIn", GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN, "Zoom _In", "plus", "Zoom into the image", zoom_in_action_callback },
{ "ZoomOut", GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT, "Zoom _Out", "minus", "Zoom away from the image", zoom_out_action_callback },
};
/* Toggle items */
static const GtkToggleActionEntry toggle_entries[] = {
{ "FullScreen", NULL, "_Full Screen", "F11", "Switch between full screen and windowed mode", full_screen_action_callback, FALSE }
};
/* Radio items */
static const GtkRadioActionEntry radio_entries[] = {
{ "HighQuality", "my-stock-high-quality", "_High Quality", NULL, "Display images in high quality, slow mode", 0 },
{ "NormalQuality", "my-stock-normal-quality", "_Normal Quality", NULL, "Display images in normal quality", 1 },
{ "LowQuality", "my-stock-low-quality", "_Low Quality", NULL, "Display images in low quality, fast mode", 2 }
};
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-xml">
<title>XML Description</title>
<para>
After extracting the actions, you will need to create an XML
description of the actual layout of your menus and toolbars
for use with #GtkUIManager. The following code shows a simple
menu bar that corresponds to the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-example">previous
example</link>. Note that the <guimenu>File</guimenu> and
<guimenu>View</guimenu> menus have their names specified in
the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">action
entries</link>, not in the XML itself. This is because the
XML description only contains <emphasis>identifiers</emphasis>
for the items in the GUI, rather than human-readable names.
</para>
<programlisting>
static const char *ui_description =
"&lt;ui&gt;"
" &lt;menubar name='MainMenu'&gt;"
" &lt;menu action='FileMenu'&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action='Open'/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action='Exit'/&gt;"
" &lt;/menu&gt;"
" &lt;menu action='ViewMenu'&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action='ZoomIn'/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action='ZoomOut'/&gt;"
" &lt;separator/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action='FullScreen'/&gt;"
" &lt;separator/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action='HighQuality'/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action='NormalQuality'/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action='LowQuality'/&gt;"
" &lt;/menu&gt;"
" &lt;/menubar&gt;"
"&lt;/ui&gt;";
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-code">
<title>Creating the Menu Bar</title>
<para>
In this last example, we will create a #GtkActionGroup based on the
<link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">action entries</link>
we created above. We will then create a #GtkUIManager with the <link
linkend="gnomeuiinfo-xml">XML description</link> of the menu
layout. We will also extract the accelerator group and the
widgets from the #GtkUIManager put them into a window.
</para>
<programlisting>
GtkWidget *window;
GtkWidget *vbox;
GtkWidget *menubar;
GtkActionGroup *action_group;
GtkUIManager *ui_manager;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
GError *error;
register_my_stock_icons (<!-- -->);
window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
action_group = gtk_action_group_new ("MenuActions");
gtk_action_group_add_actions (action_group, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), window);
gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions (action_group, toggle_entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (toggle_entries), window);
gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions (action_group, radio_entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (radio_entries), 0, radio_action_callback, window);
ui_manager = gtk_ui_manager_new (<!-- -->);
gtk_ui_manager_insert_action_group (ui_manager, action_group, 0);
accel_group = gtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group (ui_manager);
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (window), accel_group);
error = NULL;
if (!gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string (ui_manager, ui_description, -1, &amp;error))
{
g_message ("building menus failed: %s", error-&gt;message);
g_error_free (error);
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
menubar = gtk_ui_manager_get_widget (ui_manager, "/MainMenu");
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), menubar, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
gtk_widget_show_all (window);
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-icons">
<title>Registering the icons</title>
<para>
Here we show how the register_my_stock_icons() function
used in the previous example could look like.
</para>
<programlisting>
static struct {
gchar *filename;
gchar *stock_id;
} stock_icons[] = {
{ "high-quality.png", "my-stock-high-quality" },
{ "normal-quality.png", "my-stock-normal-quality" },
{ "low-quality.png", "my-stock-low-quality" },
};
static gint n_stock_icons = G_N_ELEMENTS (stock_icons);
static void
register_my_stock_icons (void)
{
GtkIconFactory *icon_factory;
GtkIconSet *icon_set;
GtkIconSource *icon_source;
gint i;
icon_factory = gtk_icon_factory_new (<!-- -->);
for (i = 0; i &lt; n_stock_icons; i++)
{
icon_set = gtk_icon_set_new (<!-- -->);
icon_source = gtk_icon_source_new (<!-- -->);
gtk_icon_source_set_filename (icon_source, stock_icons[i].filename);
gtk_icon_set_add_source (icon_set, icon_source);
gtk_icon_source_free (icon_source);
gtk_icon_factory_add (icon_factory, stock_icons[i].stock_id, icon_set);
gtk_icon_set_unref (icon_set);
}
gtk_icon_factory_add_default (icon_factory);
g_object_unref (icon_factory);
}
</programlisting>
</example>
</section>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

178
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkAssistant.sgml
View File

@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkAssistant">
<chapterinfo>
<author>
<firstname>Carlos</firstname>
<surname>Garnacho</surname>
<affiliation>
<address>
<email>carlosg@gnome.org</email>
</address>
</affiliation>
</author>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from GnomeDruid to GtkAssistant</title>
<para>
Since version 2.10, GTK+ provides the GtkAssistant widget as a replacement
for the <structname>GnomeDruid</structname> widget in the libgnomeui
library.
</para>
<para>
Conceptually, both <structname>GtkAssistant</structname> and
<structname>GnomeDruid</structname> do the same task, but there are
several areas where the API has been completely redesigned, so this
chapter covers the main changes between both widgets.
</para>
<section id="inserting-pages">
<title>Inserting pages</title>
<para>
<structname>GnomeDruid</structname> was implemented as a container for
<structname>GnomeDruidPage</structname> abstract objects, which are
implemented by the <structname>GnomeDruidPageEdge</structname> and
<structname>GnomeDruidPageStandard</structname> widgets. Instead,
<structname>GtkAssistant</structname> allows any widget to be a page,
and implements per-page settings (such as page type or title) as
child properties. So instead of:
</para>
<programlisting>
/* Page 1 */
page = gnome_druid_page_edge_new (GNOME_EDGE_START);
gnome_druid_page_edge_set_test (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (page),
"Welcome to the assistant, it will make your life easier");
gtk_widget_show (page);
gnome_druid_append_page (GNOME_DRUID (druid), GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (page));
/* Page 2 */
page = gnome_druid_page_standard_new ();
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (page)->vbox,
create_page1 ());
gtk_widget_show_all (page);
gnome_druid_append_page (GNOME_DRUID (druid), GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (page));
/* Page 3 */
page = gnome_druid_page_edge_new (GNOME_EDGE_FINISH);
gnome_druid_page_edge_set_test (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (page),
"Now you are done, your life is easier");
gtk_widget_show (page);
gnome_druid_append_page (GNOME_DRUID (druid), GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (page));
</programlisting>
<para>
You have to write:
</para>
<programlisting>
gtk_assistant_append_page (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant),
gtk_label_new ("Welcome to the assistant, it will make your life easier"));
gtk_assistant_append_page (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant),
create_page1 ());
gtk_assistant_append_page (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant),
gtk_label_new ("Now you are done, your life is easier");
</programlisting>
</section>
<section id="decorating-the-assistant-pages">
<title>Decorating the assistant pages</title>
<para>
To decorate your assistant pages, <structname>GtkAssistant</structname> provides similar functions
to <structname>GnomeDruid</structname>, so you have to transform code like this:
</para>
<programlisting>
gnome_druid_page_edge_set_title (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (page), "Welcome");
gnome_druid_page_edge_set_logo (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (page), logo_pixbuf);
gnome_druid_page_edge_set_watermark (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (page), watermark_pixbuf);
</programlisting>
<para>
Into this:
</para>
<programlisting>
gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), page_widget, "Welcome");
gtk_assistant_set_page_header_image (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), page_widget, logo_pixbuf);
gtk_assistant_set_page_side_image (GTK_ASSISTANT (assistant), page_widget, watermark_pixbuf);
</programlisting>
<para>
Where page_widget is the widget used as a page.
</para>
</section>
<section id="setting-the-page-flow">
<title>Setting the page flow</title>
<para>
Here is the area where <structname>GtkAssistant</structname> and <structname>GnomeDruid</structname>
differ the most. While <structname>GnomeDruid</structname> used the "next" and "back" signals from the
<structname>GnomeDruidPage</structname>, <structname>GtkAssistant</structname> uses the following
techniques:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func (): Allows to define a GtkAssistantPageFunc to let the
assistant know which will be the following page given the current page.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (): Lets the assistant know whether the specified page is complete
or not, updating buttons state accordingly.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>gtk_assistant_set_page_type (): Lets the assistant know the page role and update the buttons
state accordingly. Pages can have the following roles:</para>
<simplelist>
<member>Intro</member>
<member>Content</member>
<member>Progress</member>
<member>Confirmation</member>
<member>Summary</member>
</simplelist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
A sample GtkAssistantPageFunc could look like this:
</para>
<programlisting>
static gint
forward_page_function (gint current_page,
gpointer data)
{
switch (current_page)
{
case 0:
return 1;
case 1:
if (check_page1_data ())
return 2;
else
return 3;
case 2:
return 3;
default:
return -1;
}
}
</programlisting>
</section>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

102
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkBuilder.sgml
View File

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkBuilder">
<title>Migrating from libglade to GtkBuilder</title>
<para>
Since version 2.12, GTK+ provides #GtkBuilder to construct
user interfaces from XML descriptions, similar to the functionality
provided by #GladeXML in the libglade library.
</para>
<para>
A good way to start a migration from libglade to GtkBuilder is using
<application>glade3</application> to convert your .glade file.
If your code uses the @root parameter of glade_xml_new(),
you can use gtk_builder_add_objects_from_file() to construct only certain
objects from a GtkBuilder file.
</para>
<para>
Alternatively, GTK+ also offers the
<link linkend="gtk-builder-convert">gtk-builder-convert</link> script you can use
to do the conversion; in which case you should be careful to inspect the output
and make sure you didn't lose any data.
</para>
<table pgwide="1" frame="topbot">
<title>Step-by-step instructions for porting code from libglade to GtkBuilder</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<thead>
<row><entry>libglade</entry><entry>GtkBuilder</entry></row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry><![CDATA[#include <glade/glade.h>]]></entry>
<entry>not needed</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><screen>GladeXML*</screen></entry>
<entry><screen>GtkBuilder*</screen></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><screen>glade_xml_new (FILE, "first_widget", NULL)</screen></entry>
<entry>
<screen>
GError* error = NULL;
GtkBuilder* builder = gtk_builder_new (<!-- -->);
if (!gtk_builder_add_from_file (builder, FILE, &amp;error))
{
g_warning ("Couldn't load builder file: &percnt;s", error->message);
g_error_free (error);
}
</screen>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><screen>glade_xml_get_widget (gxml, “widget_name”)</screen></entry>
<entry><screen>GTK_WIDGET (gtk_builder_get_object (builder, “widget_name”))</screen></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><screen>glade_get_widget_name (widget)</screen></entry>
<entry><screen>gtk_widget_get_name (widget)</screen></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><screen>glade_xml_get_widget_prefix (gxml, “prefix”)</screen></entry>
<entry>can be emulated by <literal>gtk_builder_get_objects (builder)</literal> together with manual filtering. It returns a GSList* instead of a GList* though.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<para>
While GtkBuilder strives to be a complete replacement for
libglade, there are a number of areas where it is currently
still behind libglade:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
GtkBuilder supports context information in translatable
properties in a slightly different way than libglade.
Intltool does not yet support this; see
<ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=454894">bug
454894</ulink> for the current status of intltool support for
GtkBuilder files. Thankfully, context in translations is a
rarely used feature, and if you are not using it, intltools
glade format support works just fine for GtkBuilder files.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
While libglade can often tolerate multiple widgets having the
same id in a glade file, GtkBuilder will not accept duplicate
object ids. Both <application>gtk-builder-convert</application>
and the GtkBuilder parser emit warnings when they see
duplicate ids.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</chapter>

54
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkColorButton.sgml
View File

@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkColorButton">
<title>Migrating from GnomeColorPicker to GtkColorButton</title>
<para>
Since version 2.6, GTK+ provides the #GtkColorButton
widget as a replacement for the <structname>GnomeColorPicker</structname>
widget in the libgnomeui library.
</para>
<para>
Porting an application from <structname>GnomeColorPicker</structname> to
<structname>GtkColorButton</structname> is very simple.
<structname>GtkColorButton</structname> doesn't support dithering
(since it is rarely needed on modern hardware), and it doesn't have
setters and getters to set the color from floating point or integer
components. So instead of
<informalexample><programlisting>
guint red, green, blue, alpha;
/* ... */
gnome_color_picker_set_i8 (color_picker, red, green, blue, alpha);
</programlisting></informalexample>
you have to write
<informalexample><programlisting>
GdkColor color;
color.red = red &lt;&lt; 8;
color.green = green &lt;&lt; 8;
color.blue = blue &lt;&lt; 8;
gtk_color_button_set_color (color_picker, &amp;color);
gtk_color_button_set_alpha (color_picker, alpha &lt;&lt; 8);
</programlisting></informalexample>
and similarly for the setters taking other number formats. For
<function>gnome_color_picker_set_i16()</function> no conversion is needed,
for <function>gnome_color_picker_set_d()</function>, you need to convert
the color components like this:
<informalexample><programlisting>
color.red = (guint16) (red * 65535.0 + 0.5);
color.green = (guint16) (green * 65535.0 + 0.5);
color.blue = (guint16) (blue * 65535.0 + 0.5);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

213
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkComboBox.sgml
View File

@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkComboBox">
<title>Migrating from GtkOptionMenu and GtkCombo to GtkComboBox and
GtkComboBoxEntry</title>
<para>
Prior to 2.4, GTK+ offered two widgets for the task of selecting one
item from a list of options. #GtkOptionMenu presents the list of
options as a menu while #GtkCombo presents them in a Windows-style list
popup. The only difference between the two is that a #GtkCombo allows to
manually edit the selected value, while the #GtkOptionMenu does not.
</para>
<para>
In GTK+ 2.4, a unified API for list selection was introduced, with
#GtkComboBox for the non-editable case and #GtkComboBoxEntry for the
editable case.
The selection of the display style &mdash; menu or list &mdash;
is no longer done at the API level, but has been made themeable via
the style property #GtkComboBox:appears-as-list.
</para>
<section id="migrating-GtkOptionMenu">
<title>Migrating from GtkOptionMenu to GtkComboBox</title>
<para>
Here is an example of a simple, but typical use of
#GtkOptionMenu<!---->:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkWidget *option_menu, *menu, *menu_item;
option_menu = gtk_option_menu_new (<!-- -->);
menu = gtk_menu_new (<!-- -->);
menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("First Item");
gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), menu_item);
gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("Second Item");
gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), menu_item);
gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("Third Item");
gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), menu_item);
gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option_menu), menu);
</programlisting></informalexample>
In order to react to the user's selection, connect to the #GtkOptionMenu::changed
signal on the option menu and use gtk_option_menu_get_history()
to retrieve the index of the selected item.
</para>
<para>
And here is how it would be done with a #GtkComboBox<!---->:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkWidget *combo_box;
combo_box = gtk_combo_box_new_text (<!-- -->);
gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (combo_box), "First Item");
gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (combo_box), "Second Item");
gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (combo_box), "Third Item");
</programlisting></informalexample>
In order to react to the user's selection, connect to the
#GtkComboBox::changed signal and use gtk_combo_box_get_active()
to retrieve the index of the selected item.
</para>
<para>
A slightly more complex example involving images:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkWidget *option_menu, *menu, *menu_item;
option_menu = gtk_option_menu_new (<!-- -->);
menu = gtk_menu_new (<!-- -->);
menu_item = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_label ("First Item");
gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (pixbuf1));
gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), menu_item);
gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
menu_item = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_label ("Second Item");
gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (pixbuf2));
gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), menu_item);
gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
menu_item = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_label ("Third Item");
gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (pixbuf3));
gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), menu_item);
gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option_menu), menu);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
can be done using a #GtkComboBox as follows:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkListStore *store;
GtkTreeIter iter;
GtkCellRenderer *renderer;
GtkWidget *combo_box;
store = gtk_list_store_new (2, GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF, G_TYPE_STRING);
gtk_list_store_append (store, &amp;iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &amp;iter, 0, pixbuf1, 1, "First Item", -1);
gtk_list_store_append (store, &amp;iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &amp;iter, 0, pixbuf2, 1, "Second Item", -1);
gtk_list_store_append (store, &amp;iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &amp;iter, 0, pixbuf3, 1, "Third Item", -1);
combo_box = gtk_combo_box_new_with_model (GTK_TREE_MODEL (store));
renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new (<!-- -->);
gtk_cell_layout_pack_start (GTK_CELL_LAYOUT (combo_box), renderer, FALSE);
gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes (GTK_CELL_LAYOUT (combo_box), renderer,
"pixbuf", 0,
NULL);
renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (<!-- -->);
gtk_cell_layout_pack_start (GTK_CELL_LAYOUT (combo_box), renderer, TRUE);
gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes (GTK_CELL_LAYOUT (combo_box), renderer,
"text", 1,
NULL);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
</section>
<section id="migrating-GtkCombo">
<title>Migrating from GtkCombo to GtkComboBoxEntry</title>
<para>
Here is an example of a simple, but typical use of a #GtkCombo<!---->:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkWidget *combo;
GList *items = NULL;
items = g_list_append (items, "First Item");
items = g_list_append (items, "Second Item");
items = g_list_append (items, "Third Item");
combo = gtk_combo_new (<!-- -->);
gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings (GTK_COMBO (combo), items);
</programlisting></informalexample>
In order to react to the user's selection, connect to the #GtkCombo::changed
signal on the combo and use
<literal>gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (combo->entry))</literal>
to retrieve the selected text.
</para>
<para>
And here is how it would be done using #GtkComboBoxEntry<!---->:
<informalexample><programlisting>
combo_box = gtk_combo_box_entry_new_text (<!-- -->);
gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (combo_box), "First Item");
gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (combo_box), "Second Item");
gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (combo_box), "Third Item");
</programlisting></informalexample>
In order to react to the user's selection, connect to the #GtkComboBox::changed
signal on the combo and use
<literal>gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_BIN (combo_box)->child))</literal>
to retrieve the selected text.
</para>
</section>
<section id="new-features-GtkComboBox">
<title>New features</title>
<para>
The new widgets have more to offer than a mere combination of the
features of #GtkOptionMenu and #GtkCombo. Notable new features
include:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Grid mode</term>
<listitem><para>Sometimes it is preferable to display the available
options not in a linear list, but in a grid. A typical example
would be a "color combo" where the individual items are small
square color swatches. The new widgets support gridded display
with the functions
gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width(),
gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column() and
gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column().
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Display of icons</term>
<listitem><para>An often-heard complaint about #GtkOptionMenu is that
the icons which appear in the image menu items in its menu are not
displayed in the button showing the selected item. This limitation
has been removed in #GtkComboBox; the selected item appears in the
same way as the options in the popup.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Full tree model power</term>
<listitem><para>
Since the new widgets are built around the same models that are
used for #GtkTreeView, all of the powerful machinery of tree models
and cell renderers can be used.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

141
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkEntry-icons.sgml
View File

@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-entry-icons">
<title>Migrating from SexyIconEntry to GtkEntry</title>
<para>
GTK+ 2.16 supports showing icons inside a #GtkEntry, similar to
SexyIconEntry. Porting from SexyIconEntry to GtkEntry is relatively
straightforward. The main difference between the two APIs is that
SexyIconEntry uses #GtkImage widgets in a somewhat awkward way as
storage vehicles for icons, while GtkEntry allows to specify icons
via pixbufs, stock ids, icon names or #GIcons. So, if your code uses
e.g.:
<informalexample><programlisting>
image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_NEW, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU);
sexy_icon_entry_set_icon (entry, SEXY_ICON_ENTRY_PRIMARY, image);
</programlisting></informalexample>
you can get rid of the @image, and directly write:
<informalexample><programlisting>
gtk_entry_set_icon_from_stock (entry, GTK_ENTRY_ICON_PRIMARY, GTK_STOCK_NEW);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
The signals SexyIconEntry::icon-pressed and SexyIconEntry::icon-released
have been renamed to #GtkEntry::icon-press and #GtkEntry::icon-release
to avoid problems due to signal name clashes. Also, the signature of the
signals has changed from
<informalexample><programlisting>
void (*icon_pressed) (SexyIconEntry *entry,
SexyIconEntryPosition icon_pos,
int button)
</programlisting></informalexample>
to
<informalexample><programlisting>
void (*icon_press) (GtkEntry *entry,
GtkEntryIconPosition icon_pos,
GdkEventButton *event)
</programlisting></informalexample>
The new signature has the advantage that the signal handler can use
the timestamp of the event, e.g. for passing it to gtk_menu_popup().
When adapting an existing signal handler to the new signature, you
should note that the button number is easily available as @event->button,
as shown in the following example:
<informalexample><programlisting>
static void
icon_pressed_cb (SexyIconEntry *entry,
SexyIconEntryPosition position,
int button,
gpointer data)
{
GtkMenu *menu = data;
if (position == SEXY_ICON_ENTRY_PRIMARY)
gtk_menu_popup (GTK_MENU (menu), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
button, GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
}
</programlisting></informalexample>
can be ported as:
<informalexample><programlisting>
static void
icon_press_cb (GtkEntry *entry,
GtkEntryIconPosition position,
GdkEventButton *event,
gpointer data)
{
GtkMenu *menu = data;
if (position == GTK_ENTRY_ICON_PRIMARY)
gtk_menu_popup (GTK_MENU (menu), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
event->button, event->time);
}
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
Another difference is that SexyIconEntry offers manual control of
the icon prelighting, via sexy_icon_entry_set_icon_highlight().
#GtkEntry prelights automatically when appropriate, depending on
whether the icon is activatable and sensitive. You should make
sure that your icons are properly marked as activatable or nonactivatable
and sensitive or insensitive:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
Sensitive, but non-activatable icons are
good for purely informational purposes.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Icons should be marked as insensitive if the
function that they trigger is currently not available.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
GtkEntry has no direct equivalent of the special-purpose function
sexy_icon_entry_add_clear_button(). If you need this functionality,
the following code works:
<informalexample><programlisting>
static void
icon_pressed_cb (GtkEntry *entry,
gint position,
GdkEventButton *event,
gpointer data)
{
if (position == GTK_ENTRY_ICON_SECONDARY)
gtk_entry_set_text (entry, "");
}
static void
text_changed_cb (GtkEntry *entry,
GParamSpec *pspec,
GtkWidget *button)
{
gboolean has_text;
has_text = gtk_entry_get_text_length (entry) > 0;
gtk_entry_set_icon_sensitive (entry,
GTK_ENTRY_ICON_SECONDARY,
has_text);
}
/* ... */
/* Set up the clear icon */
gtk_entry_set_icon_from_stock (GTK_ENTRY (entry),
GTK_ENTRY_ICON_SECONDARY,
GTK_STOCK_CLEAR);
g_signal_connect (entry, "icon-press",
G_CALLBACK (icon_pressed_cb), NULL);
g_signal_connect (entry, "notify::text",
G_CALLBACK (text_changed_cb), find_button);
/* ... */
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
</chapter>

163
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkFileChooser.sgml
View File

@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkFileChooser">
<chapterinfo>
<author>
<firstname>Federico</firstname>
<surname>Mena-Quintero</surname>
<affiliation>
<address>
<email>federico@ximian.com</email>
</address>
</affiliation>
</author>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from GtkFileSelection to GtkFileChooser</title>
<para>
#GtkFileChooser, starting with GTK+ 2.4, is the new set of APIs for file
selection widgets and dialogs. Previous versions of GTK+ used #GtkFileSelection,
which has numerous problems.
</para>
<para>
#GtkFileChooser is an abstract interface that can be implemented by widgets
that perform file selection tasks. Two widgets in GTK+ implement this
interface: #GtkFileChooserDialog and #GtkFileChooserWidget. Most applications
simply need to use #GtkFileChooserDialog, which is a dialog box that allows the
user to select existing files for opening them, or to pick new filenames for
saving documents. #GtkFileChooserWidget is for special applications that need to
embed a file selection widget inside a larger window. In the context of GTK+,
#GtkFileChooserDialog is simply a #GtkDialog box with a #GtkFileChooserWidget.
inside.
</para>
<section id="gtkfilechooser-creating">
<title>Creating a GtkFileChooserDialog</title>
<para>
To create a #GtkFileChooserDialog, you simply call gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new().
This function is similar to gtk_dialog_new() in that it takes parameters for the
title of the dialog box and its transient parent, as well as its
buttons. In addition, it takes in an argument that determines
whether the file chooser dialog will be used for opening
existing files or for saving to a possibly new file.
</para>
<para>
Please see <xref linkend="gtkfilechooser-typical-usage"/> for
how to create a simple file chooser dialog and extract the
selected filename from it.
</para>
</section>
<section id="gtkfilechooser-selection-modes">
<title>Selection Modes</title>
<para>
#GtkFileChooser can be used in two modes, to select a single file at a
time or to select a set of more than one file. To set this, use
gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple(). In single-selection
mode, you can use gtk_file_chooser_get_filename() to get a file
name from the local file system or gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() to
get a full-formed URI. In multiple-selection mode, you can use
gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames() to get a #GSList of filename strings, or
gtk_file_chooser_get_uris() to get a list of URI strings.
</para>
<para>
Also, you can configure #GtkFileChooser to select files
or folders. Consider a backup program that needs to let the
user select a folder that will be backed up along with its
subfolders. To configure whether #GtkFileChooser is used to select
files or folders, use gtk_file_chooser_set_action(). In
addition, this lets you configure whether the file chooser will
be used to select existing files or folders (e.g. for
"File/Open"), or to type in new filenames (for
"File/Save&nbsp;As...").
</para>
</section>
<section id="gtkfilechooser-installing-preview">
<title>Installing a Preview widget</title>
<para>
Many applications need to have a preview facility within their
file chooser dialogs. Previous to GTK+ 2.4, one needed to
access the #GtkFileSelection widget hierarchy directly to hook in
a preview widget. With #GtkFileChooser, there is a
dedicated API to do this.
</para>
<para>
Please see the <link linkend="gtkfilechooser-preview">section on
creating preview widgets</link> for more information.
</para>
</section>
<section id="gtkfilechooser-installing-extra-widgets">
<title>Installing Extra Widgets</title>
<para>
Some applications need to install extra widgets in a file
chooser. For example, an application may want to provide a
toggle button to give the user the option of opening a file
read-only.
</para>
<para>
Please see the <link linkend="gtkfilechooser-extra">section on
creating extra widgets</link> for more information.
</para>
</section>
<section id="gtkfilechooser-new-features">
<title>New features</title>
<para>
New features in #GtkFileChooser include the following:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Ability to select URIs rather than just local files. You
must use a #GtkFileSystem implementation that supports this,
for example the gnome-vfs backend.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Present a list of application-specific shortcut folders.
For example, a paint program may want to add a shortcut for
its <filename>/usr/share/paint_program/Clipart</filename>
folder.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Define custom filters so that not all the files in a folder
are listed. For example, you could filter out backup files,
or show only image files.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
To see how to use these features, please consult the #GtkFileChooser
reference documentation.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

153
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkIconView.sgml
View File

@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkIconView">
<title>Migrating from GnomeIconList to GtkIconView</title>
<para>
Since version 2.6, GTK+ provides the #GtkIconView widget. It is similar in
functionality to the <structname>GnomeIconList</structname> widget in the
libgnomeui library, both widgets provide a way to lay out named icons in
a grid. The distinctive feature of the GTK+ widget is that it follows the
model-view pattern, allowing it to share the actual data (i.e. the names
and images of the icons) with other views.
</para>
<para>
#GtkIconView currently doesn't support some features found in
<structname>GnomeIconList</structname>. Icons can not be positioned freely,
the spacing is not customizable, and it is not possible to edit the names of
icons.
</para>
<para>
To convert an application that uses <structname>GnomeIconList</structname>
to #GtkIconView, the first step is to organize your data in a #GtkTreeModel.
<structname>GnomeIconList</structname> lets you directly insert data with
gnome_icon_list_insert() and gnome_icon_list_insert_pixbuf() and their
append variants. So, if you previously had a function to fill your icon
list similar to this one:
<informalexample><programlisting>
void
fill_icon_list (GnomeIconList *icon_list)
{
gnome_icon_list_append (icon_list, "file1.png", "Icon 1");
gnome_icon_list_append (icon_list, "file2.png", "Icon 2");
/* more icons ... */
}
</programlisting></informalexample>
you will have to create a tree model, attach your icon view to it, and
fill the model:
<informalexample><programlisting>
enum {
PIXBUF_COLUMN,
TEXT_COLUMN,
/* you can have more columns here, e.g */
DATA_COLUMN
};
void
fill_model (GtkListStore *store)
{
GtkTreeIter iter;
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
gtk_list_store_append (store, &amp;iter);
pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("file1.png", NULL);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &amp;iter, PIXBUF_COLUMN, pixbuf, TEXT_COLUMN, "Icon 1", -1);
g_object_unref (pixbuf);
gtk_list_store_append (store, &amp;iter);
pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("file2.png", NULL);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &amp;iter, PIXBUF_COLUMN, pixbuf, TEXT_COLUMN, "Icon 2", -1);
g_object_unref (pixbuf);
/* more icons ... */
}
int
main (int argc, char *argv[])
{
GtkWidget *icon_view;
GtkListStore *store;
gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
/* do other initialization... */
/* construct the GtkIconView */
icon_view = gtk_icon_view_new (<!-- -->);
store = gtk_list_store_new (3, GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF, G_TYPE_STRING, G_TYPE_POINTER);
gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column (GTK_ICON_VIEW (icon_view), PIXBUF_COLUMN);
gtk_icon_view_set_text_column (GTK_ICON_VIEW (icon_view), TEXT_COLUMN);
gtk_icon_view_set_model (GTK_ICON_VIEW (icon_view), GTK_TREE_MODEL (store));
fill_model (store);
/* ... */
}
</programlisting></informalexample>
This example uses a #GtkListStore as model, but part of the elegance of the
model-view pattern is that you can easily use another tree model implementation,
or even write your own custom tree model.
</para>
<para>
Your application may make use of extra data attached to the icons in the
<structname>GnomeIconList</structname> via gnome_icon_list_set_icon_data() and
gnome_icon_list_get_icon_data(). With #GtkIconView such data is most
conveniently stored in an extra column in the tree model, so you would
call a function like
<informalexample><programlisting>
void
set_icon_data (GtkIconView *icon_view,
gint idx,
gpointer data)
{
GtkTreeModel *model;
GtkTreeIter iter;
model = gtk_icon_view_get_model (icon_view);
if (gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &amp;iter, NULL, idx))
gtk_list_store_set (GTK_LIST_STORE (model), &amp;iter,
DATA_COLUMN, data, -1);
}
</programlisting></informalexample>
assuming that your tree model has a <literal>DATA_COLUMN</literal> of type
%G_TYPE_POINTER.
</para>
<para>
There is a number of minor API differences between
<structname>GnomeIconList</structname> and
<structname>GtkIconView</structname>:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
<type>GnomeIconListMode</type> is replaced by the
<link linkend="GtkIconView--orientation">orientation</link>
property of <structname>GtkIconView</structname>
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
<structname>GtkIconView</structname> can not be frozen in the same
way as <structname>GnomeIconList</structname> can with
gnome_icon_list_freeze() and gnome_icon_list_thaw(). Instead you can
replace the whole model of a <structname>GtkIconView</structname>,
instead of doing many small changes to the existing model.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

24
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkLabel-links.sgml
View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-label-links">
<title>Migrating from SexyUrlLabel to GtkLabel</title>
<para>
GTK+ 2.18 supports showing links inside a #GtkLabel, similar to
SexyUrlLabel. Porting from SexyUrlLabel to GtkLabel is relatively
straightforward. GtkLabel accepts links in the markup using the
same HTML <tag>a</tag> notation that SexyUrlLabel uses. In addition
to the href attribute, GtkLabel accepts a title attribute that
is displayed as a tooltip on the link. Instead of
sexy_url_label_set_markup(), just call gtk_label_set_markup().
</para>
<para>
One difference between the two APIs is that the ::url-activated signal
from SexyUrlLabel has been replaced by the #GtkLabel::activate-link
signal. The need for connecting to this signal is greatly reduced,
since GtkLabel has a default handler that calls gtk_show_uri().
</para>
</chapter>

81
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkLinkButton.sgml
View File

@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkLinkButton">
<title>Migrating from GnomeHRef to GtkLinkButton</title>
<para>
Since version 2.10, GTK+ provides the #GtkLinkButton widget as a
replacement for the <structname>GnomeHRef</structname> widget
in the libgnomeui library.
</para>
<para>
Porting an application from <structname>GnomeHRef</structname> to
#GtkLinkButton is very simple. #GtkLinkButton does not have a
default action for #GtkButton::clicked signal. So instead of simply
creating the widget
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkWidget *button;
button = gnome_href_new (url, "");
</programlisting></informalexample>
you will have to handle the activation of the #GtkLinkButton, using
the ::clicked signal for instance
<informalexample><programlisting>
static void
link_button_clicked_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer data)
{
const gchar *link;
link = gtk_link_button_get_uri (GTK_LINK_BUTTON (widget));
open_browser_at_url (link);
}
/* ... */
GtkWidget *button;
button = gtk_link_button_new (url);
g_signal_connect (button, "clicked",
G_CALLBACK (link_button_clicked_cb), NULL);
</programlisting></informalexample>
If you have more than one #GtkLinkButton instead of connecting
a signal to each one, you can use a "hook function" which will be
called whenever a user activates a link button
<informalexample><programlisting>
static void
link_button_hook (GtkLinkButton *button,
const gchar *link,
gpointer user_data)
{
open_browser_at_url (link);
}
/* ... */
GtkWidget *button1 = gtk_link_button_new (uri1);
GtkWidget *button2 = gtk_link_button_new (uri2);
gtk_link_button_set_uri_hook (link_button_hook, NULL, NULL);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
Starting with GTK+ 2.16, it is no longer necessary to set up a uri hook
manually, since GTK+ now defaults to calling gtk_show_uri() if no uri
hook has been set.
</para>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

323
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkRecentChooser.sgml
View File

@ -1,323 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkRecentChooser">
<chapterinfo>
<author>
<firstname>Emmanuele</firstname>
<lastname>Bassi</lastname>
<affiliation>
<address>
<email>ebassi@gmail.com</email>
</address>
</affiliation>
</author>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from EggRecent to GtkRecentChooser</title>
<para>
Since version 2.10, GTK+ provides a way of handling the recently used
documents. It is similar to the code that has lived inside the libegg
library and has been incorporated by many applications. The GTK+ version
aims to completely replace that code, and offers many distinctive features
that improve the registration and visualization of the recently used
documents, such as:
</para>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
Better performances while reading and writing the list of recently used
files
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
More meta-data available for each recent document, like the
applications that have registered a document inside the list, the last
time and the number of times the same application did register a
document inside the list, an optional user readable name and
description of the document
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Improved the ability to sort and filter the documents, also using
custom sorting and filtering functions
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
New widgets for displaying the list, and better integration with
current #GtkFileChooser and #GtkUIManager widgets
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<section id="gtkrecent-manager">
<title>Managing the Recently Used Documents</title>
<para>
#GtkRecentManager is used to manage the Recently Used Documents. To
create a new #GtkRecentManager, you simply call gtk_recent_manager_new().
Like the <structname>EggRecentModel</structname> inside EggRecent, the
#GtkRecentManager loads the list of the recent documents and notifies
you of changes inside the list.
</para>
<para>
Usually, instead of creating a new #GtkRecentManager each time you
need it, you'll want to use the gtk_recent_manager_get_default()
function.
</para>
<para>
To add a document to the list, you can use gtk_recent_manager_add_item(),
like:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkRecentManager *manager;
manager = gtk_recent_manager_new (<!-- -->);
if (!gtk_recent_manager_add_item (manager, document_uri))
{
/* warn about the error */
}
g_object_unref (manager);
</programlisting></informalexample>
The gtk_recent_manager_add_item() function will try and guess some of the
meta-data associated to a URI. If you know some of meta-data about the
document yourself, set the desired fields of a #GtkRecentData structure
and pass it to the gtk_recent_manager_add_full() function instead:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkRecentManager *manager;
GtkRecentData *recent_data;
manager = gtk_recent_manager_new (<!-- -->);
recent_data = g_new0 (GtkRecentData, 1);
/* the user visible name of the document (maybe its title); should
* be preferred when displaying the item into the list
*/
recent_data-&gt;display_name = document_name;
/* the MIME type is mandatory */
recent_data-&gt;mime_type = document_mime_type;
/* the name of the application that is registering the document
* (also mandatory); usually, the same name you used with
* the g_set_application_name (<!-- -->) function.
*/
recent_data-&amp;app_name = APP_NAME;
/* the command to open a file; the %u string will be automagically
* expanded to the document's URI when getting the application's
* command line from the GtkRecentInfo object with
* gtk_recent_info_get_application_info (<!-- -->)
*/
recent_data-&amp;app_exec = g_strjoin (" ", g_get_prgname (<!-- -->), "--open-file", "%u", NULL);
if (!gtk_recent_manager_add_full (manager, document_uri, recent_data))
{
/* warn about the error */
}
g_free (recent_data-&gt;app_exec);
g_free (recent_data);
g_object_unref (manager);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
Getting the list of items is also similar to
<structname>EggRecentModel</structname>; the GtkRecentInfo data is
allocated at look up time in order not to waste memory keeping it
around, so you must remember to free the data inside the list and then
the list itself when you are done using it:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkRecentManager *manager;
GList *recent_items, *l;
manager = gtk_recent_manager_get_default(<!-- -->);
recent_items = gtk_recent_manager_get_items (manager);
for (l = recent_items; l != NULL; l = l-&gt;next)
{
GtkRecentInfo *recent_info = l-&gt;data;
do_something_with_the_item (recent_info);
}
/* free everything and the list */
g_list_foreach (recent_items, (GFunc) gtk_recent_info_unref, NULL);
g_list_free (recent_items);
</programlisting></informalexample>
You can also look up a single item:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkRecentInfo *recent_info;
GError *error = NULL;
recent_info = gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item (manager, document_uri, &amp;error);
if (error)
{
display_error (error);
g_error_free (error);
}
else
{
do_something_with_the_item (recent_info);
gtk_recent_info_unref (recent_info);
}
</programlisting></informalexample>
The #GtkRecentInfo is a reference counted boxed type, and it holds all
the meta-data of a recently used document, like its display name, its
description, the list of each application that has registered the
document or the list of groups to which the document belong.
</para>
</section> <!-- gtkrecent-manager -->
<section id="gtkrecent-chooser">
<title>Displaying the Recently Used Documents</title>
<para>
Displaying the Recently Used Documents list is handled by any widget
implementing the #GtkRecentChooser interface. These widgets also handle
the sorting and filtering of the list; they will create their own
#GtkRecentManager objects by default:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkWidget *chooser;
gint response;
/* create a new dialog with the recently used documents list shown
* using a GtkTreeView widget
*/
chooser = gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new ("Recent Documents",
parent_window,
GTK_STOCK_CLOSE, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK,
NULL);
/* set the sorting order to "most recently used first" */
gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser), GTK_RECENT_SORT_MRU);
response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (chooser));
if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_OK)
{
GtkRecentInfo *info;
info = gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_item (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser));
do_something_with_the_item (info);
gtk_recent_info_unref (info);
}
gtk_widget_destroy (chooser);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
</section> <!-- gtkrecent-chooser -->
<section id="gtkrecent-advanced">
<title>Advanced usage</title>
<para>
The #GtkRecentChooser widgets might display items sorted and filtered,
either with already supplied or custom sorting and filtering functions.
The biggest difference from the <structname>EggRecentView</structname>
widgets in EggRecent is that the #GtkRecentChooser widgets will use
their own copy of the list and will apply the sorting and filtering
functions only on the copy; this allows the creation of many viewers
with a single controller, like using many #GtkTreeView with a single
#GtkTreeModel instance.
</para>
<para>
Available sorting methods are:
<informalexample><programlisting>
/* no sorting */
gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser), GTK_RECENT_SORT_NONE);
/* most recently used first */
gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser), GTK_RECENT_SORT_MRU);
/* most recently used last */
gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser), GTK_RECENT_SORT_LRU);
</programlisting></informalexample>
You can create your own sorting function, and the use the
GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM method:
<informalexample><programlisting>
/* custom sorting function, based on the registration count
* (most used first)
*/
static void
sort_by_usage_count (GtkRecentInfo *a,
GtkRecentInfo *b,
gpointer data)
{
gint count_a, count_b;
count_a = count_b = 0;
if (gtk_recent_info_has_application (a, APP_NAME))
gtk_recent_info_get_application_info (a, APP_NAME, NULL, &amp;count_a, NULL);
if (gtk_recent_info_has_application (b, APP_NAME))
gtk_recent_info_get_application_info (b, APP_NAME, NULL, &amp;count_b, NULL);
return count_a &lt; count_b;
}
...
/* set custom sorting and set the custom sorting function */
gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser),
GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM);
gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER,
sort_by_usage_count,
NULL, /* sort function data */
NULL /* destroy notify for the data */);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
Filtering is done using the #GtkRecentFilter object, similar to the
#GtkFileFilter object used by the #GtkFileChooser widgets. The
#GtkRecentFilter object has a set of pre-defined options based on the
meta-data exposed by the #GtkRecentInfo object. It also allows custom
filtering function:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkRecentFilter *filter;
filter = gtk_recent_filter_new (<!-- -->);
/* set the user visible name of the filter */
gtk_recent_filter_set_name (filter, "Since Last Month");
/* set the maximum age of a recently used document */
gtk_recent_filter_set_age (filter, 31);
/* the chooser takes the ownership of the object */
gtk_recent_chooser_add_filter (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser), filter);
/* set the currently used filter */
gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser), filter);
filter = gtk_recent_filter_new (<!-- -->);
gtk_recent_filter_set_name (filter, "Every text file");
gtk_recent_filter_set_mime_type (filter, "text/plain");
gtk_recent_chooser_add_filter (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (chooser), filter);
</programlisting></informalexample>
The #GtkRecentChooserWidget and #GtkRecentChooserDialog widgets allow
multiple filters and the selection of an appropriate one; the
#GtkRecentChooserMenu widget allows just a single filter object.
</para>
</section> <!-- gtkrecent-advanced -->
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->

99
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkStyleContext.xml
View File

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
<!DOCTYPE section PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext">
<title>Migrating from GtkStyle to GtkStyleContext</title>
<section id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext">
<title>Theming changes</title>
<para>
In GTK+ 3.0, #GtkStyleContext was added to replace #GtkStyle and
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
porting applications, libraries and widgets.
</para>
<refsect2 id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-themes">
<section id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-themes">
<title>Migrating themes</title>
<para>
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@
with possible variants such as the dark theme being named
<filename>gtk-dark.css</filename> in the same directory.
</para>
</refsect2>
</section>
<refsect2 id="gtk-migrating-theme-GtkStyleContext-engines">
<section id="gtk-migrating-theme-GtkStyleContext-engines">
<title>Migrating theme engines</title>
<para>
@ -141,9 +141,9 @@
attempt to handle.
</para>
</refsect2>
</section>
<refsect2 id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-parser-extensions">
<section id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-parser-extensions">
<title>Extending the CSS parser</title>
<para>
@ -175,9 +175,9 @@
style property can be modified in CSS as
<literal>-GtkWidget-focus-line-width</literal>.
</para>
</refsect2>
</section>
<refsect2 id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-css">
<section id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-css">
<title>Using the CSS file format</title>
<para>
@ -358,6 +358,15 @@
independently.
</para>
<para>
In the same vein, the light, dark and mid color variants that
were available in GtkStyle should be replaced by a combination of
symbolic colors and custom CSS, where necessary. text_aa should
really not be used anywhere, anyway, and the white and black colors
that were available in GtkStyle can just be replaced by literal
GdkRGBA structs.
</para>
<para>
Access to colors has also changed a bit. With #GtkStyle, the common
way to access colors is:
@ -393,9 +402,9 @@
It is worth mentioning that the new file format does not support
custom keybindings nor stock icon mappings as the RC format did.
</para>
</refsect2>
</section>
<refsect2 id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-checklist">
<section id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-checklist">
<title>A checklist for widgets</title>
<para>
@ -486,15 +495,34 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
Replace all <literal>gtk_paint_*()</literal> calls with corresponding
<literal>gtk_render_*()</literal> calls. The most distinctive changes
are the use of #GtkStateFlags to represent the widget state and the
lack of #GtkShadowType. For gtk_render_check() and gtk_render_option(),
the @shadow_type parameter is replaced by the #GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE
and #GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT state flags. For things such as
pressed/unpressed button states, #GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE is used, and
the CSS may style normal/active states differently to render
outset/inset borders, respectively.
<para>
Replace all <literal>gtk_paint_*()</literal> calls with corresponding
<literal>gtk_render_*()</literal> calls.
</para>
<para>
The most distinctive changes are the use of #GtkStateFlags to
represent the widget state and the lack of #GtkShadowType. Note
that widget state is now passed implicitly via the context, so
to render in a certain state, you have to temporarily set the
state on the context, as in the following example:
</para>
<example>
<title>Rendering with a specific state</title>
<programlisting>
gtk_style_context_save (context);
gtk_style_context_set_state (context, GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE);
gtk_render_check (context, cr, x, y, width, height);
gtk_style_context_restore (context);
</programlisting>
</example>
<para>
For gtk_render_check() and gtk_render_option(), the @shadow_type
parameter is replaced by the #GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE and
#GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT state flags. For things such as
pressed/unpressed button states, #GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE is used,
and the CSS may style normal/active states differently to render
outset/inset borders, respectively.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@ -515,9 +543,9 @@
of this is merely a guideline. Widgets may choose to follow it or not.
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</refsect2>
</section>
<refsect2 id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-parsing">
<section id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-parsing">
<title>Parsing of custom resources</title>
<para>
As a consequence of the RC format going away, calling gtk_rc_parse() or
@ -528,15 +556,32 @@
Typically, the provider will be a #GtkCssProvider, which parse CSS
information from a file or from a string.
</para>
<example>
<title>Using a custom GtkStyleProvider</title>
<programlisting>
GtkStyleContext *context;
GtkCssProvider *provider;
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
provider = gtk_css_provider_new ();
gtk_css_provider_load_from_data (GTK_CSS_PROVIDER (provider),
".frame1 {\n"
" border-image: url('gradient1.png') 10 10 10 10 stretch;\n"
"}\n", -1, NULL);
gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (provider),
GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
g_object_unref (provider);
</programlisting>
</example>
<para>
Notice that you can also get style information from custom resources
by implementing the #GtkStyleProvider interface yourself. This is
an advanced feature that should be rarely used.
</para>
</refsect2>
</section>
<refsect2 id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-bonus-points">
<section id="gtk-migrating-GtkStyleContext-bonus-points">
<title>Bonus points</title>
<para>
@ -627,5 +672,5 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</refsect2>
</chapter>
</section>
</section>

66
docs/reference/gtk/migrating-GtkTooltip.sgml
View File

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-tooltips">
<title>Migrating from GtkTooltips to GtkTooltip</title>
<para>
GTK+ 2.12 brings a completely new tooltip implementation which
allows many things that were not possible with the old
#GtkTooltips interface. The new possibilities are explained
in more detail in the section about #GtkTooltip.
</para>
<para>
A number of complications of the old API have been removed:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
Tooltips can not be grouped anymore. The old tooltips
API allowed this by using multiple #GtkTooltips objects.
We believe that the timeout behaviour of the new tooltips
implementation is better and makes it unnecessary to use
grouping as a way to overcome shortcomings of the
fast-tooltips mode.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Timeouts can not be set individually anymore. Instead
there are settings #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout,
#GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-browse-timeout and
#GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-browse-mode-timeout to influence
the behaviour of tooltips globally.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
Here is an example of setting a tooltip on a widget with the old API:
<informalexample><programlisting>
GtkTooltips *tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new ();
gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, widget, "Some tips", NULL);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
Using the new tooltips API, it is no longer necessary to create
an object:
<informalexample><programlisting>
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (widget, "Some tips");
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
Similarly, setting a tooltip on a #GtkToolItem gets
simplified from
<informalexample><programlisting>
gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip (toolitem, toolbar->tooltips, "tool tip", NULL);
</programlisting></informalexample>
to
<informalexample><programlisting>
gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text (toolitem, text);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
</chapter>

2
docs/reference/gtk/other_software.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="gtk-other-software" revision="5 Sept 2001">
<refentry id="gtk-other-software">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>Mixing GTK+ with other software</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>

418
docs/reference/gtk/question_index.sgml
View File

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ How do I get started with GTK+?
</para></question>
<answer><para>
The GTK+ <ulink url="http://www.gtk.org">website</ulink> offers a
<ulink url="http://www.gtk.org/tutorial">tutorial</ulink> and a
The GTK+ <ulink url="http://www.gtk.org">website</ulink> offers a
<ulink url="http://www.gtk.org/tutorial">tutorial</ulink> and a
<ulink url="http://www.gtk.org/faq">FAQ</ulink>. More documentation ranging
from whitepapers to online books can be found at the
<ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/">GNOME developer's site</ulink>.
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ this reference manual for details.
<qandaentry>
<question><para>
Where can I get help with GTK+, submit a bug report, or make a feature
Where can I get help with GTK+, submit a bug report, or make a feature
request?
</para></question>
@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ state (explained in its documentation).
</para>
<para>
For strings returned from functions, they will be declared "const" (using
#G_CONST_RETURN) if they should not be freed. Non-const strings should be
freed with g_free(). Arrays follow the same rule. (If you find an exception
to the rules, please report a bug to <ulink
url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org">http://bugzilla.gnome.org</ulink>.)
For strings returned from functions, they will be declared "const" (using
#G_CONST_RETURN) if they should not be freed. Non-const strings should be
freed with g_free(). Arrays follow the same rule. If you find an
undocumented exception to the rules, please report a bug to <ulink
url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org">http://bugzilla.gnome.org</ulink>.
</para>
</answer>
@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ How do I use GTK+ with threads?
<answer>
<para>
This is covered in the <link linkend="gdk-Threads">GDK threads
documentation</link>. See also the <link linkend="glib-Threads">GThread</link>
This is covered in the <link linkend="gdk-Threads">GDK threads
documentation</link>. See also the <link linkend="glib-Threads">GThread</link>
documentation for portable threading primitives.
</para>
@ -182,33 +182,37 @@ How do I internationalize a GTK+ program?
<para>
Most people use <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/">GNU
gettext</ulink>, already required in order to install GLib. On a UNIX
or Linux system with gettext installed, type <literal>info gettext</literal>
or Linux system with gettext installed, type <literal>info gettext</literal>
to read the documentation.
</para>
<para>
The short checklist on how to use gettext is: call bindtextdomain() so gettext
can find the files containing your translations, call textdomain() to set the
default translation domain, call bind_textdomain_codeset() to request that
all translated strings are returned in UTF-8, then call gettext() to look up
each string to be translated in the default domain.
The short checklist on how to use gettext is: call bindtextdomain() so
gettext can find the files containing your translations, call textdomain()
to set the default translation domain, call bind_textdomain_codeset() to
request that all translated strings are returned in UTF-8, then call
gettext() to look up each string to be translated in the default domain.
</para>
<para>
<filename>gi18n.h</filename> provides the following shorthand macros for
convenience.
Conventionally, people define macros as follows for convenience:
<informalexample>
<programlisting>
#define _(x) gettext (x)
#define N_(x) x
#define _(x) gettext (x)
#define N_(x) x
#define C_(ctx,x) pgettext (ctx, x)
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
You use N_() (N stands for no-op) to mark a string for translation in a
context where a function call to gettext() is not allowed, such as in an
array initializer.
You eventually have to call gettext() on the string to actually fetch the
translation. _() both marks the string for translation and actually
You use N_() (N stands for no-op) to mark a string for translation in
a location where a function call to gettext() is not allowed, such as
in an array initializer.
You eventually have to call gettext() on the string to actually fetch
the translation. _() both marks the string for translation and actually
translates it.
</para>
<para>
Nowadays, GLib provides the common shorthand macros in the header file
<filename>gi18n.h</filename>, so you don't have to define them yourself,
just include that header.
The C_() macro (C stands for context) adds an additional context to
the string that is marked for translation, which can help to disambiguate
short strings that might need different translations in different
parts of your program.
</para>
<para>
Code using these macros ends up looking like this:
@ -231,21 +235,21 @@ Code using these macros ends up looking like this:
</informalexample>
</para>
<para>
Libraries using gettext should use dgettext() instead of gettext(), which
allows them to specify the translation domain each time they ask for a
translation. Libraries should also avoid calling textdomain(), since they
will be specifying the domain instead of using the default. For dgettext()
the _() macro can be defined as:
<informalexample>
<programlisting>
#define _(x) dgettext ("MyDomain", x)
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
Libraries using gettext should use dgettext() instead of gettext(), which
allows them to specify the translation domain each time they ask for a
translation. Libraries should also avoid calling textdomain(), since
they will be specifying the domain instead of using the default.
</para>
<para>
Again, GLib comes with the <filename>gi18n-lib.h</filename>, saving you the
trouble of defining the macros by hand. The macros in that header expect the
translation domain to be specified by the %GETTEXT_PACKAGE macro.
With the convention that the macro <literal>GETTEXT_PACKAGE</literal> is
defined to hold your libraries translation domain,
<filename>gi18n-lib.h</filename> can be included to provide
the following convenience:
<informalexample>
<programlisting>
#define _(x) dgettext (GETTEXT_PACKAGE, x)
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
</para>
</answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -259,9 +263,9 @@ How do I use non-ASCII characters in GTK+ programs ?
<answer>
<para>
GTK+ uses <ulink url="http://www.unicode.org">Unicode</ulink> (more exactly
UTF-8) for all text. UTF-8 encodes each Unicode codepoint as a sequence of
one to six bytes and has a number of nice properties which make it a good
GTK+ uses <ulink url="http://www.unicode.org">Unicode</ulink> (more exactly
UTF-8) for all text. UTF-8 encodes each Unicode codepoint as a sequence of
one to six bytes and has a number of nice properties which make it a good
choice for working with Unicode text in C programs:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
@ -271,30 +275,30 @@ ASCII characters are encoded by their familiar ASCII codepoints.
ASCII characters never appear as part of any other character.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
The zero byte doesn't occur as part of a character, so that UTF-8 strings
can be manipulated with the usual C library functions for handling
The zero byte doesn't occur as part of a character, so that UTF-8 strings
can be manipulated with the usual C library functions for handling
zero-terminated strings.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
More information about Unicode and UTF-8 can be found in the
<ulink url="http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html">UTF-8 and Unicode i
More information about Unicode and UTF-8 can be found in the
<ulink url="http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html">UTF-8 and Unicode
FAQ for Unix/Linux</ulink>.
GLib provides functions for converting strings between UTF-8 and other
encodings, see g_locale_to_utf8() and g_convert().
</para>
<para>
Text coming from external sources (e.g. files or user input), has to be
converted to UTF-8 before being handed over to GTK+. The following example
writes the content of a IS0-8859-1 encoded text file to
converted to UTF-8 before being handed over to GTK+. The following example
writes the content of a IS0-8859-1 encoded text file to
<literal>stdout</literal>:
<informalexample><programlisting>
gchar *text, *utf8_text;
gsize length;
GError *error = NULL;
if (g_file_get_contents (filename, &amp;text, &amp;length, NULL))
if (g_file_get_contents (filename, &amp;text, &amp;length, NULL))
{
utf8_text = g_convert (text, length, "UTF-8", "ISO-8859-1",
utf8_text = g_convert (text, length, "UTF-8", "ISO-8859-1",
NULL, NULL, &amp;error);
if (error != NULL)
{
@ -304,7 +308,7 @@ if (g_file_get_contents (filename, &amp;text, &amp;length, NULL))
else
g_print (utf8_text);
}
else
else
fprintf (stderr, "Unable to read file &percnt;s\n", filename);
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
@ -315,36 +319,37 @@ handling non-ASCII content:
<varlistentry><term>direct UTF-8</term>
<listitem><para>
If your editor and compiler are capable of handling UTF-8 encoded sources,
it is very convenient to simply use UTF-8 for string literals, since it allows
you to edit the strings in "wysiwyg". Note that choosing this option may
reduce the portability of your code.
it is very convenient to simply use UTF-8 for string literals, since it
allows you to edit the strings in "wysiwyg". Note that choosing this option
may reduce the portability of your code.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry><term>escaped UTF-8</term>
<listitem><para>
Even if your toolchain can't handle UTF-8 directly, you can still encode string
literals in UTF-8 by using octal or hexadecimal escapes like
<literal>\212</literal> or <literal>\xa8</literal> to
encode each byte. This is portable, but modifying the escaped strings is not
very convenient. Be careful when mixing hexadecimal escapes with ordinary text;
Even if your toolchain can't handle UTF-8 directly, you can still encode
string literals in UTF-8 by using octal or hexadecimal escapes like
<literal>\212</literal> or <literal>\xa8</literal> to encode each byte.
This is portable, but modifying the escaped strings is not very convenient.
Be careful when mixing hexadecimal escapes with ordinary text;
<literal>"\xa8abcd"</literal> is a string of length 1 !
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry><term>runtime conversion</term>
<listitem><para>
If the string literals can be represented in an encoding which your toolchain
can handle (e.g. IS0-8859-1), you can write your source files in that encoding
and use g_convert() to convert the strings to UTF-8 at runtime. Note that this
has some runtime overhead, so you may want to move the conversion out of inner
loops.
If the string literals can be represented in an encoding which your
toolchain can handle (e.g. IS0-8859-1), you can write your source files
in that encoding and use g_convert() to convert the strings to UTF-8 at
runtime. Note that this has some runtime overhead, so you may want to move
the conversion out of inner loops.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
Here is an example showing the three approaches using the copyright sign
&copy; which has Unicode and ISO-8859-1 codepoint 169 and is represented in
UTF-8 by the two bytes 194, 169:
Here is an example showing the three approaches using the copyright sign
&copy; which has Unicode and ISO-8859-1 codepoint 169 and is represented
in UTF-8 by the two bytes 194, 169, or <literal>"\302\251"</literal> as
a string literal:
<informalexample><programlisting>
g_print ("direct UTF-8: &copy;");
g_print ("escaped UTF-8: \302\251");
@ -368,9 +373,9 @@ How do I use GTK+ with C++?
<answer>
<para>
There are two ways to approach this. The GTK+ header files use the subset
of C that's also valid C++, so you can simply use the normal GTK+ API
in a C++ program. Alternatively, you can use a "C++ binding"
There are two ways to approach this. The GTK+ header files use the subset
of C that's also valid C++, so you can simply use the normal GTK+ API
in a C++ program. Alternatively, you can use a "C++ binding"
such as <ulink url="http://gtkmm.sourceforge.net/">gtkmm</ulink>
which provides a native C++ API.
</para>
@ -380,20 +385,20 @@ connected to signals, not methods. So you will need to use global
functions or "static" class functions for signal connections.
</para>
<para>
Another common issue when using GTK+ directly is that
C++ will not implicitly convert an integer to an enumeration.
Another common issue when using GTK+ directly is that
C++ will not implicitly convert an integer to an enumeration.
This comes up when using bitfields; in C you can write the following
code:
<informalexample>
<programlisting>
gdk_window_set_events (gdk_window,
gdk_window_set_events (gdk_window,
GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK);
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
while in C++ you must write:
<informalexample>
<programlisting>
gdk_window_set_events (gdk_window,
gdk_window_set_events (gdk_window,
(GdkEventMask) GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK);
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
@ -427,19 +432,19 @@ How do I load an image or animation from a file?
<answer>
<para>
To load an image file straight into a display widget, use
gtk_image_new_from_file() <footnote><para> If the file load fails,
gtk_image_new_from_file() will display no image graphic &mdash; to detect
a failed load yourself, use gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file() directly, then
gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf().</para></footnote>.
To load an image file straight into a display widget, use
gtk_image_new_from_file() <footnote><para> If the file load fails,
gtk_image_new_from_file() will display no image graphic &mdash; to detect
a failed load yourself, use gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file() directly, then
gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf().</para></footnote>.
To load an image for another purpose, use gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(). To i
load an animation, use gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file().
gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file() can also load non-animated images, so
use it in combination with gdk_pixbuf_animation_is_static_image() to load a
file of unknown type.
gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file() can also load non-animated images, so
use it in combination with gdk_pixbuf_animation_is_static_image() to load a
file of unknown type.
</para>
<para>
To load an image or animation file asynchronously (without blocking), use
To load an image or animation file asynchronously (without blocking), use
#GdkPixbufLoader.
</para>
</answer>
@ -453,19 +458,17 @@ How do I draw text ?
<answer>
<para>
To draw a piece of text, use a Pango layout and gdk_draw_layout(),
using code like the following:
To draw a piece of text, use a Pango layout and pango_cairo_show_layout().
<informalexample>
<programlisting>
layout = gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (widget, text);
fontdesc = pango_font_description_from_string ("Luxi Mono 12");
pango_layout_set_font_description (layout, fontdesc);
gdk_draw_layout (..., layout);
pango_layout_set_font_description (layout, fontdesc);
pango_cairo_show_layout (cr, layout);
pango_font_description_free (fontdesc);
g_object_unref (layout);
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
Do not use the deprecated #GdkFont and gdk_draw_text().
</para>
<para>
@ -486,19 +489,18 @@ How do I measure the size of a piece of text ?
<answer>
<para>
To obtain the size of a piece of text, use a Pango layout and
To obtain the size of a piece of text, use a Pango layout and
pango_layout_get_pixel_size(), using code like the following:
<informalexample>
<programlisting>
layout = gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (widget, text);
fontdesc = pango_font_description_from_string ("Luxi Mono 12");
pango_layout_set_font_description (layout, fontdesc);
pango_layout_set_font_description (layout, fontdesc);
pango_layout_get_pixel_size (layout, &amp;width, &amp;height);
pango_font_description_free (fontdesc);
g_object_unref (layout);
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
Do not use the deprecated function gdk_text_width().
</para>
<para>
@ -512,21 +514,21 @@ section of <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/pango/stable/">Pango manua
<qandaentry>
<question>
<para>
Why are types not registered if I use their <literal>GTK_TYPE_BLAH</literal>
Why are types not registered if I use their <literal>GTK_TYPE_BLAH</literal>
macro ?
</para>
</question>
<answer>
<para>
The <literal>GTK_TYPE_BLAH</literal> macros are defined as calls to
The <literal>GTK_TYPE_BLAH</literal> macros are defined as calls to
<literal>gtk_blah_get_type()</literal>, and the <literal>_get_type()</literal> i
functions are declared as %G_GNUC_CONST which allows the compiler to optimize
the call away if it appears that the value is not being used.
</para>
<para>
A common workaround for this problem is to store the result in a volatile
A common workaround for this problem is to store the result in a volatile
variable, which keeps the compiler from optimizing the call away.
<informalexample><programlisting>
volatile GType dummy = GTK_TYPE_BLAH;
@ -545,28 +547,29 @@ How do I create a transparent toplevel window ?
<answer>
<para>
To make a window transparent, it needs to use a visual which supports that.
This is done by getting the RGBA colormap of the screen with
gdk_screen_get_rgba_colormap() and setting it on the window. Note that
gdk_screen_get_rgba_colormap() will return %NULL if transparent windows
are not supported on the screen; also note that this may change from
screen to screen, so it needs to be repeated whenever the window is moved
to a different screen.
This is done by getting the RGBA visual of the screen with
gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual() and setting it on the window. Note that
gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual() will return %NULL if transparent windows
are not supported on the screen, you should fall back to
gdk_screen_get_system_visual() in that case. Additionally, note that this
will change from screen to screen, so it needs to be repeated whenever the
window is moved to a different screen.
<informalexample><programlisting>
GdkColormap *colormap;
GdkVisual *visual;
colormap = gdk_screen_get_rgba_colormap (screen);
if (!colormap)
colormap = gdk_screen_get_rgb_colormap (screen);
visual = gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual (screen);
if (visual == NULL)
visual = gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
gtk_widget_set_colormap (widget, colormap);
gtk_widget_set_visual (GTK_WIDGET (window), visual);
</programlisting></informalexample>
One possibility to fill the alpha channel on the window is to use
gdk_draw_rgb_32_image().
To fill the alpha channel on the window simply use cairos
RGBA drawing capabilities.
</para>
<para>
Note that the presence of an RGBA visual is no guarantee that the
window will actually appear transparent on screen. On X11, this
requires a compositing manager to be running. See
window will actually appear transparent on screen. On X11, this
requires a compositing manager to be running. See
gtk_widget_is_composited() for a way to find out if the alpha
channel will be respected.
</para>
@ -585,10 +588,8 @@ channel will be respected.
<answer>
<para>
See <link linkend="TreeWidget">tree widget overview</link> &mdash; you
should use the #GtkTreeView widget. (A list is just a tree with no branches,
so the tree widget is used for lists as well.) Do not use the deprecated
widgets #GtkTree or #GtkCList/#GtkCTree in newly-written code, they are
less flexible and result in an inferior user interface.
should use the #GtkTreeView widget. (A list is just a tree with no branches,
so the tree widget is used for lists as well).
</para>
</answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -601,12 +602,11 @@ less flexible and result in an inferior user interface.
<answer>
<para>
See <link linkend="TextWidget">text widget overview</link> &mdash; you
should use the #GtkTextView widget. Do not use the deprecated widget #GtkText
in newly-written code, it has a number of problems that are best avoided.
should use the #GtkTextView widget.
</para>
<para>
If you only have a small amount of text, #GtkLabel may also be appropriate
of course. It can be made selectable with gtk_label_set_selectable(). For a
If you only have a small amount of text, #GtkLabel may also be appropriate
of course. It can be made selectable with gtk_label_set_selectable(). For a
single-line text entry, see #GtkEntry.
</para>
</answer>
@ -620,8 +620,8 @@ single-line text entry, see #GtkEntry.
<answer>
<para>
#GtkImage can display images in just about any format GTK+ understands.
You can also use #GtkDrawingArea if you need to do something more complex,
#GtkImage can display images in just about any format GTK+ understands.
You can also use #GtkDrawingArea if you need to do something more complex,
such as draw text or graphics over the top of the image.
</para>
</answer>
@ -637,7 +637,8 @@ would use a combo box?
<para>
With GTK+, a #GtkComboBox is the recommended widget to use for this use case.
This widget looks like either a combo box or the current option menu, depending
on the current theme. If you need an editable text entry, use #GtkComboBoxEntry.
on the current theme. If you need an editable text entry, use the
#GtkComboBox:has-entry property.
</para>
</answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -652,17 +653,14 @@ How do I change the color of a widget?
</para></question>
<answer><para>
See gtk_widget_modify_fg(), gtk_widget_modify_bg(), gtk_widget_modify_base(),
and gtk_widget_modify_text(). See <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">GTK+
resource files</link> for more discussion. You can also change widget color
by installing a resource file and parsing it with gtk_rc_add_default_file().
The advantage of a resource file is that users can then override the
color you've chosen.
See gtk_widget_override_color() and gtk_widget_override_background_color().
You can also change the appearance of a widget by installing a
custom style provider, see gtk_style_context_add_provider().
</para>
<para>To change the background color for widgets such as #GtkLabel that have
no background, place them in a #GtkEventBox and set the background of the
event box.
<para>To change the background color for widgets such as #GtkLabel that
have no background, place them in a #GtkEventBox and set the background
of the event box.
</para></answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -672,35 +670,38 @@ How do I change the font of a widget?
</para></question>
<answer><para>
This has several possible answers, depending on what exactly you want to
achieve. One option is gtk_widget_modify_font(). Note that this function
can be used to change only the font size, as in the following example:
<programlisting>
This has several possible answers, depending on what exactly you want to
achieve. One option is gtk_widget_override_font().
<informalexample><programlisting>
PangoFontDesc *font_desc = pango_font_description_new (<!-- -->);
pango_font_description_set_size (font_desc, 40);
gtk_widget_modify_font (widget, font);
gtk_widget_override_font (widget, font);
pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
</programlisting>
</programlisting></informalexample>
</para>
<para>
If you want to make the text of a label larger, you can use
If you want to make the text of a label larger, you can use
gtk_label_set_markup():
<programlisting>
<informalexample><programlisting>
gtk_label_set_markup (label, "&lt;big&gt;big text&lt;/big&gt;");
</programlisting>
This is preferred for many apps because it's a relative size to the
user's chosen font size. See g_markup_escape_text() if you are
</programlisting></informalexample>
This is preferred for many apps because it's a relative size to the
user's chosen font size. See g_markup_escape_text() if you are
constructing such strings on the fly.
</para>
<para>
You can also change the font of a widget by putting
<programlisting>
gtk-font-name = "Sans 30"
.my-widget-class {
font: Sans 30;
}
</programlisting>
in a resource file and parsing it with gtk_rc_add_default_file().
The advantage of a resource file is that users can then override the font you
have chosen. See <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">GTK+ resource files</link>
for more discussion.
in a CSS file, loading it with gtk_css_provider_load_from_file(), and
adding the provider with gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_screen().
To associate this style information with your widget, set a style class
on its #GtkStyleContext using gtk_style_context_add_class().
The advantage of this approach is that users can then override the font
you have chosen. See the #GtkStyleContext documentation for more discussion.
</para>
</answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -710,8 +711,9 @@ for more discussion.
How do I disable/ghost/desensitize a widget?
</para></question>
<answer><para> In GTK+ a disabled widget is termed "insensitive." See
gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
<answer><para>
In GTK+ a disabled widget is termed "insensitive."
See gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
</para></answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -750,14 +752,14 @@ How do I make a text widget display its complete contents in a specific font?
</para></question>
<answer><para>
If you use gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags() with appropriate tags to select
the font, the inserted text will have the desired appearance, but text typed
in by the user before or after the tagged block will appear in the default
style.
If you use gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags() with appropriate tags to
select the font, the inserted text will have the desired appearance, but
text typed in by the user before or after the tagged block will appear in
the default style.
</para>
<para>
To ensure that all text has the desired appearance, use gtk_widget_modify_font()
to change the default font for the widget.
To ensure that all text has the desired appearance, use
gtk_widget_override_font() to change the default font for the widget.
</para></answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -774,17 +776,17 @@ A good way to keep a text buffer scrolled to the end is to place a
<link linkend="GtkTextMark">mark</link> at the end of the buffer, and
give it right gravity. The gravity has the effect that text inserted
at the mark gets inserted <emphasis>before</emphasis>, keeping the mark
at the end.
at the end.
</para>
<para>
<para>
To ensure that the end of the buffer remains visible, use
gtk_text_view_scroll_to_mark() to scroll to the mark after
inserting new text.
</para>
<para>
The gtk-demo application contains an example of this technique.
The gtk-demo application contains an example of this technique.
</para>
</answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -801,25 +803,10 @@ How do I associate some data with a row in the tree?
<answer>
<para>
Remember that the #GtkTreeModel columns don't necessarily have to be displayed.
So you can put non-user-visible data in your model just like any other data,
and retrieve it with gtk_tree_model_get(). See the
<link linkend="TreeWidget">tree widget overview</link>.
</para>
</answer>
</qandaentry>
<qandaentry>
<question><para>
What's the #GtkTreeView equivalent of gtk_clist_find_row_from_data()?
</para></question>
<answer>
<para>
As there is no separate data column in the #GtkTreeModel, there's no
built in function to find the iter from data. You can write a custom
searching function to walk the tree and find the data, or use
gtk_tree_model_foreach().
Remember that the #GtkTreeModel columns don't necessarily have to be
displayed. So you can put non-user-visible data in your model just
like any other data, and retrieve it with gtk_tree_model_get().
See the <link linkend="TreeWidget">tree widget overview</link>.
</para>
</answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -831,9 +818,9 @@ How do I put an image and some text in the same column?
<answer>
<para>
You can pack more than one #GtkCellRenderer into a single #GtkTreeViewColumn
using gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start() or gtk_tree_view_column_pack_end().
So pack both a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf and a #GtkCellRendererText into the
You can pack more than one #GtkCellRenderer into a single #GtkTreeViewColumn
using gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start() or gtk_tree_view_column_pack_end().
So pack both a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf and a #GtkCellRendererText into the
column.
</para>
</answer>
@ -841,15 +828,15 @@ column.
<qandaentry>
<question><para>
I can set data easily on my #GtkTreeStore/#GtkListStore models using
I can set data easily on my #GtkTreeStore/#GtkListStore models using
gtk_list_store_set() and gtk_tree_store_set(), but can't read it back?
</para></question>
<answer>
<para>
Both the #GtkTreeStore and the #GtkListStore implement the #GtkTreeModel
interface. Consequentially, the can use any function this interface
implements. The easiest way to read a set of data back is to use
interface. Consequentially, you can use any function this interface
implements. The easiest way to read a set of data back is to use
gtk_tree_model_get().
</para>
</answer>
@ -861,14 +848,14 @@ How do I change the way that numbers are formatted by #GtkTreeView?
</para></question>
<answer><para>
Use gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func()
or gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func() and do the conversion from i
number to string yourself (with, say, g_strdup_printf()).
or gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func() and do the conversion
from number to string yourself (with, say, g_strdup_printf()).
</para>
<para>
The following example demonstrates this:
<informalexample><programlisting>
enum
enum
{
DOUBLE_COLUMN,
N_COLUMNS
@ -877,11 +864,11 @@ enum
GtkListStore *mycolumns;
GtkTreeView *treeview;
void
void
my_cell_double_to_text (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
GtkCellRenderer *cell,
GtkCellRenderer *cell,
GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
GtkTreeIter *iter,
GtkTreeIter *iter,
gpointer data)
{
GtkCellRendererText *cell_text = (GtkCellRendererText *)cell;
@ -896,7 +883,7 @@ my_cell_double_to_text (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
g_free (text);
}
void
void
set_up_new_columns (GtkTreeView *myview)
{
GtkCellRendererText *renderer;
@ -912,7 +899,7 @@ set_up_new_columns (GtkTreeView *myview)
/* Create a new column that has a title ("Example column"),
* uses the above created renderer that will render the double
* value into text from the associated model's rows.
* value into text from the associated model's rows.
*/
column = gtk_tree_view_column_new (<!-- -->);
gtk_tree_view_column_set_title (column, "Example column");
@ -926,10 +913,10 @@ set_up_new_columns (GtkTreeView *myview)
*/
/* Set up a custom function that will be called when the column content
* is rendered. We use the func_data pointer as an index into our
* model. This is convenient when using multi column lists.
* model. This is convenient when using multi column lists.
*/
gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func (column, renderer,
my_cell_double_to_text,
my_cell_double_to_text,
(gpointer)DOUBLE_COLUMN, NULL);
}
</programlisting></informalexample>
@ -957,42 +944,15 @@ How do I use cairo to draw in GTK+ applications ?
</para></question>
<answer><para>
Use gdk_cairo_create() to obtain a cairo context for drawing
on a GDK window or pixmap. See <link linkend="gdk-Cairo-Interaction">Cairo
Interaction</link> for some more useful functions.
</para></answer>
</qandaentry>
<qandaentry>
<question><para>
I have created a cairo context with gdk_cairo_create(), but when I
later use it, my drawing does not show up. Why is that ?
</para></question>
<answer>
<para>
All drawing in GTK+ is normally done in an expose handler, and GTK+
creates a temporary pixmap for double-buffering the drawing. If you
create a cairo context outside the expose handler, it is backed
by the GDK window itself, not the double-buffering pixmap. Consequently,
any drawing you do with that cairo context gets overwritten at the
end of the expose handler, when the double-buffering pixmap is copied
back.
The #GtkWidget::draw signal gets a ready-to-use cairo context
as parameter that you should use.
</para>
<para>
Possible solutions to this problem are:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
Turn off double-buffering, with gtk_widget_set_double_buffered().
This is not ideal, since it can cause some flickering.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Create the cairo context inside the expose handler. If you do this,
gdk_create_cairo() arranges for it to be backed by the double-buffering
pixmap. This is the preferred solution, and is used throughout GTK+
itself.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
All drawing in GTK+ is normally done in a draw handler, and GTK+
creates a temporary pixmap for double-buffering the drawing.
It is possible to turn off double-buffering, with
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered(), but this is not ideal,
since it can cause some flickering.
</para>
</answer>
</qandaentry>
@ -1000,7 +960,7 @@ itself.
<qandaentry>
<question><para>
Can I improve the performance of my application by using the
Glitz backend of cairo ?
Glitz or GL backend of cairo ?
</para></question>
<answer><para>
@ -1020,7 +980,7 @@ Can I use cairo to draw on a #GdkPixbuf ?
<answer><para>
No, at least not yet. The cairo image surface does not support the
pixel format used by GdkPixbuf.
pixel format used by GdkPixbuf.
</para></answer>
</qandaentry>

2
docs/reference/gtk/resources.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="gtk-resources" revision="5 Sept 2001">
<refentry id="gtk-resources">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>Mailing lists and bug reports</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>

31
docs/reference/gtk/running.sgml
View File

@ -267,15 +267,6 @@ additional environment variables.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><envar>GTK2_RC_FILES</envar></title>
<para>
Specifies a list of RC files to parse instead of the default ones;
see <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">Resource Files</link>.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><envar>GTK_EXE_PREFIX</envar></title>
@ -377,6 +368,15 @@ nevertheless.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><envar>GDK_SYNCHRONIZE</envar></title>
<para>
If set, GDK makes all X requests synchronously. This is a useful
option for debugging, but it will slow down the performance considerably.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><envar>XDG_DATA_HOME</envar>, <envar>XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar></title>
@ -389,6 +389,19 @@ nevertheless.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><envar>DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID</envar></title>
<para>
GTK+ uses this environment variable to provide startup notification
according to the <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt">Startup Notification Spec</ulink>.
Following the specification, GTK+ unsets this variable after reading
it (to keep it from leaking to child processes). So, if you need its
value for your own purposes, you have to read it before calling
gtk_init().
</para>
</formalpara>
</refsect2>
</refsect1>

2
docs/reference/gtk/text_widget.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="TextWidget" revision="18 Oct 2000">
<refentry id="TextWidget">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>Text Widget Overview</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>

17
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/.gitignore vendored
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ gtkbuilder.sgml
gtkbutton.sgml
gtkcalendar.sgml
gtkcelleditable.sgml
gtkcelllayout.sgml
gtkcellrenderer.sgml
gtkcellrenderertext.sgml
gtkcellview.sgml
@ -16,9 +17,17 @@ gtkcolorsel.sgml
gtkcombobox.sgml
gtkcomboboxentry.sgml
gtkcontainer.sgml
gtkdialog.sgml
gtkdrawingarea.sgml
gtkeditable.sgml
gtkentry.sgml
gtkentrybuffer.sgml
gtkenum.sgml
gtkeventbox.sgml
gtkexpander.sgml
gtkfeatures.sgml
gtkfixed.sgml
gtkfilefilter.sgml
gtkhbox.sgml
gtkiconview.sgml
gtkimcontextsimple.sgml
@ -26,6 +35,10 @@ gtkimmulticontext.sgml
gtkitemfactory.sgml
gtklayout.sgml
gtklinkbutton.sgml
gtkmain.sgml
gtkmenu.sgml
gtkmenubar.sgml
gtkmenushell.sgml
gtkmessagedialog.sgml
gtknotebook.sgml
gtkobject.sgml
@ -35,6 +48,7 @@ gtkpagesetupunixdialog.sgml
gtkpaned.sgml
gtkpapersize.sgml
gtkprinter.sgml
gtkprintjob.sgml
gtkprogressbar.sgml
gtkradioaction.sgml
gtkradiobutton.sgml
@ -49,6 +63,7 @@ gtkscale.sgml
gtkscalebutton.sgml
gtkscrollbar.sgml
gtkscrolledwindow.sgml
gtkselection.sgml
gtkseparator.sgml
gtkseparatormenuitem.sgml
gtkseparatortoolitem.sgml
@ -57,6 +72,7 @@ gtkstatusbar.sgml
gtkstyle.sgml
gtktesting.sgml
gtktextiter.sgml
gtktexttag.sgml
gtktexttagtable.sgml
gtktextview.sgml
gtktoggleaction.sgml
@ -64,6 +80,7 @@ gtktoolbar.sgml
gtktoolitem.sgml
gtktooltip.sgml
gtktreednd.sgml
gtktreemodel.sgml
gtktreemodelfilter.sgml
gtktreeselection.sgml
gtktreesortable.sgml

186
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkcelllayout.sgml
View File

@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkCellLayout
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
An interface for packing cells
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
#GtkCellLayout is an interface to be implemented by all objects which
want to provide a #GtkTreeViewColumn-like API for packing cells, setting
attributes and data funcs.
</para>
<para>
One of the notable features provided by implementations of GtkCellLayout
are <emphasis>attributes</emphasis>. Attributes let you set the properties
in flexible ways. They can just be set to constant values like regular
properties. But they can also be mapped to a column of the underlying
tree model with gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes(), which means that the value
of the attribute can change from cell to cell as they are rendered by the
cell renderer. Finally, it is possible to specify a function with
gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func() that is called to determine the value
of the attribute for each cell that is rendered.
</para>
<refsect2 id="GtkCellLayout-BUILDER-UI">
<title>GtkCellLayouts as GtkBuildable</title>
<para>
Implementations of GtkCellLayout which also implement the GtkBuildable
interface (#GtkCellView, #GtkIconView, #GtkComboBox, #GtkComboBoxEntry,
#GtkEntryCompletion, #GtkTreeViewColumn) accept GtkCellRenderer objects
as &lt;child&gt; elements in UI definitions. They support a custom
&lt;attributes&gt; element for their children, which can contain
multiple &lt;attribute&gt; elements. Each &lt;attribute&gt; element has
a name attribute which specifies a property of the cell renderer; the
content of the element is the attribute value.
</para>
<example>
<title>A UI definition fragment specifying attributes</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
<object class="GtkCellView">
<child>
<object class="GtkCellRendererText"/>
<attributes>
<attribute name="text">0</attribute>
</attributes>
</child>"
</object>
]]></programlisting>
</example>
</refsect2>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkCellLayout ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkCellLayoutIface ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@g_iface:
@pack_start:
@pack_end:
@clear:
@add_attribute:
@set_cell_data_func:
@clear_attributes:
@reorder:
@get_cells:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkCellLayoutDataFunc ##### -->
<para>
A function which should set the value of @cell_layout's cell renderer(s)
as appropriate.
</para>
@cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
@cell: the cell renderer whose value is to be set
@tree_model: the model
@iter: a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to set the value for
@data: user data passed to gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func()
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_pack_start ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:
@expand:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_pack_end ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:
@expand:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_get_cells ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_reorder ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:
@position:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_clear ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:
@Varargs:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:
@attribute:
@column:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:
@func:
@func_data:
@destroy:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_layout_clear_attributes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cell_layout:
@cell:

406
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkdialog.sgml
View File

@ -1,406 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkDialog
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
Create popup windows
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
Dialog boxes are a convenient way to prompt the user for a small amount of
input, e.g. to display a message, ask a question, or anything else that does
not require extensive effort on the user's part.
</para>
<para>
GTK+ treats a dialog as a window split vertically. The top section is a
#GtkVBox known as the <structfield>content_area</structfield>, and is
where widgets such as a #GtkLabel or a #GtkEntry should be packed.
The bottom area is known as the <structfield>action_area</structfield>.
This is generally used for packing buttons into the dialog which may
perform functions such as cancel, ok, or apply.
</para>
<para>
GtkDialog boxes are created with a call to gtk_dialog_new() or
gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(). gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons() is recommended;
it allows you to set the dialog title, some convenient flags, and add simple
buttons.
</para>
<para>
If 'dialog' is a newly created dialog, the two primary areas of the window
can be accessed through gtk_dialog_get_content_area() and
gtk_dialog_get_action_area(), as can be seen from the example, below.
</para>
<para>
A 'modal' dialog (that is, one which freezes the rest of the application from
user input), can be created by calling gtk_window_set_modal() on the dialog. Use
the GTK_WINDOW() macro to cast the widget returned from gtk_dialog_new() into a
#GtkWindow. When using gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons() you can also pass the
#GTK_DIALOG_MODAL flag to make a dialog modal.
</para>
<para>
If you add buttons to #GtkDialog using gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(),
gtk_dialog_add_button(), gtk_dialog_add_buttons(), or
gtk_dialog_add_action_widget(), clicking the button will emit a signal called
"response" with a response ID that you specified. GTK+ will never assign a
meaning to positive response IDs; these are entirely user-defined. But for
convenience, you can use the response IDs in the #GtkResponseType enumeration
(these all have values less than zero). If a dialog receives a delete event,
the "response" signal will be emitted with a response ID of #GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT.
</para>
<para>
If you want to block waiting for a dialog to return before returning control
flow to your code, you can call gtk_dialog_run(). This function enters a
recursive main loop and waits for the user to respond to the dialog, returning the
response ID corresponding to the button the user clicked.
</para>
<para>
For the simple dialog in the following example, in reality you'd probably use
#GtkMessageDialog to save yourself some effort. But you'd need to create the
dialog contents manually if you had more than a simple message in the dialog.
<example>
<title>Simple <structname>GtkDialog</structname> usage.</title>
<programlisting>
/* Function to open a dialog box displaying the message provided. */
void quick_message (gchar *message) {
GtkWidget *dialog, *label, *content_area;
/* Create the widgets */
dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons ("Message",
main_application_window,
GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
GTK_STOCK_OK,
GTK_RESPONSE_NONE,
NULL);
content_area = gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
label = gtk_label_new (message);
/* Ensure that the dialog box is destroyed when the user responds. */
g_signal_connect_swapped (dialog,
"response",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy),
dialog);
/* Add the label, and show everything we've added to the dialog. */
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (content_area), label);
gtk_widget_show_all (dialog);
}
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<refsect2 id="GtkDialog-BUILDER-UI"><title>GtkDialog as GtkBuildable</title>
<para>
The GtkDialog implementation of the GtkBuildable interface exposes the
@vbox and @action_area as internal children with the names "vbox" and
"action_area".
</para>
<para>
GtkDialog supports a custom &lt;action-widgets&gt; element, which
can contain multiple &lt;action-widget&gt; elements. The "response"
attribute specifies a numeric response, and the content of the element
is the id of widget (which should be a child of the dialogs @action_area).
</para>
<example>
<title>A <structname>GtkDialog</structname> UI definition fragment.</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
<object class="GtkDialog" id="dialog1">
<child internal-child="vbox">"
<object class="GtkVBox" id="vbox">
<child internal-child="action_area">
<object class="GtkHButtonBox" id="button_box">
<child>
<object class="GtkButton" id="button_cancel"/>
</child>
<child>
<object class="GtkButton" id="button_ok"/>
</child>
</object>
</child>
</object>
</child>
<action-widgets>
<action-widget response="3">button_ok</action-widget>
<action-widget response="-5">button_cancel</action-widget>
</action-widgets>
</object>
]]></programlisting>
</example>
</refsect2>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>#GtkVBox</term>
<listitem><para>Pack widgets vertically.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>#GtkWindow</term>
<listitem><para>Alter the properties of your dialog box.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>#GtkButton</term>
<listitem><para>Add them to the <structfield>action_area</structfield> to get a
response from the user.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkDialog ##### -->
<para>
<structfield>vbox</structfield> is a #GtkVBox - the main part of the
dialog box.
</para>
<para>
<structfield>action_area</structfield> is a #GtkHButtonBox packed below the
dividing #GtkHSeparator in the dialog. It is treated exactly the same
as any other #GtkHButtonBox.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::close ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::response ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:action-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:button-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:content-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:content-area-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkDialogFlags ##### -->
<para>
Flags used to influence dialog construction.
</para>
@GTK_DIALOG_MODAL: Make the constructed dialog modal,
see gtk_window_set_modal().
@GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT: Destroy the dialog when its
parent is destroyed, see gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent().
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkResponseType ##### -->
<para>
Predefined values for use as response ids in gtk_dialog_add_button().
All predefined values are negative, GTK+ leaves positive values for
application-defined response ids.
</para>
@GTK_RESPONSE_NONE: Returned if an action widget has no response id, or if
the dialog gets programmatically hidden or destroyed.
@GTK_RESPONSE_REJECT: Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs.
@GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT: Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs.
@GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT: Returned if the dialog is deleted.
@GTK_RESPONSE_OK: Returned by OK buttons in GTK+ dialogs.
@GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL: Returned by Cancel buttons in GTK+ dialogs.
@GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE: Returned by Close buttons in GTK+ dialogs.
@GTK_RESPONSE_YES: Returned by Yes buttons in GTK+ dialogs.
@GTK_RESPONSE_NO: Returned by No buttons in GTK+ dialogs.
@GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY: Returned by Apply buttons in GTK+ dialogs.
@GTK_RESPONSE_HELP: Returned by Help buttons in GTK+ dialogs.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new dialog box. Widgets should not be packed into this #GtkWindow
directly, but into the @vbox and @action_area, as described above.
</para>
@void:
@Returns: a new #GtkDialog.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@title:
@parent:
@flags:
@first_button_text:
@Varargs:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_run ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_response ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@response_id:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_add_button ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@button_text:
@response_id:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_add_buttons ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@first_button_text:
@Varargs:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_add_action_widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@child:
@response_id:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_set_default_response ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@response_id:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_set_response_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@response_id:
@setting:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_get_response_for_widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@widget:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@response_id:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_get_action_area ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_get_content_area ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_alternative_dialog_button_order ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@screen:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@first_response_id:
@Varargs:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order_from_array ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog:
@n_params:
@new_order:

131
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkdrawingarea.sgml
View File

@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkDrawingArea
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A widget for custom user interface elements
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkDrawingArea widget is used for creating custom user interface
elements. It's essentially a blank widget; you can draw on
<literal>widget-&gt;window</literal>. After creating a drawing area,
the application may want to connect to:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Mouse and button press signals to respond to input from
the user. (Use gtk_widget_add_events() to enable events
you wish to receive.)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The "realize" signal to take any necessary actions
when the widget is instantiated on a particular display.
(Create GDK resources in response to this signal.)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The "configure_event" signal to take any necessary actions
when the widget changes size.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The "expose_event" signal to handle redrawing the
contents of the widget.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
The following code portion demonstrates using a drawing
area to display a circle in the normal widget foreground
color.
Note that GDK automatically clears the exposed area
to the background color before sending the expose event, and
that drawing is implicitly clipped to the exposed area.
</para>
<example>
<title>Simple <structname>GtkDrawingArea</structname> usage.</title>
<programlisting>
gboolean
expose_event_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data)
{
cairo_t *cr;
cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->window);
cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0);
cairo_paint (cr);
cairo_destroy (cr);
return TRUE;
}
[...]
GtkWidget *drawing_area = gtk_drawing_area_new (<!-- -->);
gtk_widget_set_size_request (drawing_area, 100, 100);
g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (drawing_area), "expose_event",
G_CALLBACK (expose_event_callback), NULL);
</programlisting>
</example>
<para>
Expose events are normally delivered when a drawing area first comes
onscreen, or when it's covered by another window and then uncovered
(exposed). You can also force an expose event by adding to the "damage
region" of the drawing area's window; gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() and
gdk_window_invalidate_rect() are equally good ways to do this. You'll
then get an expose event for the invalid region.
</para>
<para>
The available routines for drawing are documented on the <link
linkend="gdk-Drawing-Primitives">GDK Drawing Primitives</link> page.
See also gdk_draw_pixbuf() for drawing a #GdkPixbuf.
</para>
<para>
To receive mouse events on a drawing area, you will need to enable
them with gtk_widget_add_events(). To receive keyboard events, you
will need to set the #GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag on the drawing area, and
should probably draw some user-visible indication that the drawing
area is focused. Use the GTK_HAS_FOCUS() macro in your expose event
handler to decide whether to draw the focus indicator. See
gtk_paint_focus() for one way to draw focus.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
Sometimes #GtkImage is a useful alternative to a drawing area.
You can put a #GdkPixmap in the #GtkImage and draw to the #GdkPixmap,
calling gtk_widget_queue_draw() on the #GtkImage when you want to
refresh to the screen.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkDrawingArea ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkDrawingArea struct contains private data only, and
should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_drawing_area_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new drawing area.
</para>
@void:
@Returns: a new #GtkDrawingArea

377
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkentrycompletion.sgml
View File

@ -1,377 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkEntryCompletion
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
Completion functionality for GtkEntry
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
#GtkEntryCompletion is an auxiliary object to be used in conjunction with
#GtkEntry to provide the completion functionality. It implements the
#GtkCellLayout interface, to allow the user to add extra cells to the
#GtkTreeView with completion matches.
</para>
<para>
"Completion functionality" means that when the user modifies the text
in the entry, #GtkEntryCompletion checks which rows in the model match
the current content of the entry, and displays a list of matches.
By default, the matching is done by comparing the entry text
case-insensitively against the text column of the model (see
gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column()), but this can be overridden with
a custom match function (see gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func()).
</para>
<para>
When the user selects a completion, the content of the entry is updated.
By default, the content of the entry is replaced by the text column of the
model, but this can be overridden by connecting to the ::match-selected signal
and updating the entry in the signal handler. Note that you should return
%TRUE from the signal handler to suppress the default behaviour.
</para>
<para>
To add completion functionality to an entry, use gtk_entry_set_completion().
</para>
<para>
In addition to regular completion matches, which will be inserted into the
entry when they are selected, #GtkEntryCompletion also allows to display
"actions" in the popup window. Their appearance is similar to menuitems,
to differentiate them clearly from completion strings. When an action is
selected, the ::action-activated signal is emitted.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkEntryCompletion ##### -->
<para>
The GtkEntryCompletion struct contains only private data.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::action-activated ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::cursor-on-match ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::insert-prefix ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::match-selected ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:inline-completion ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:inline-selection ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:minimum-key-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:popup-completion ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:popup-set-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:popup-single-match ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:text-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc ##### -->
<para>
A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter matches a given
@key, and should be displayed as a possible completion for @key. Note that
@key is normalized and case-folded (see g_utf8_normalize() and
g_utf8_casefold()). If this is not appropriate, match functions have access
to the unmodified key via <literal>gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (gtk_entry_completion_get_entry (<!-- -->)))</literal>.
</para>
@completion: the #GtkEntryCompletion
@key: the string to match, normalized and case-folded
@iter: a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to match
@user_data: user data given to gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func()
@Returns: %TRUE if @iter should be displayed as a possible completion for @key
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_entry ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@model:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@func:
@func_data:
@func_notify:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@length:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_complete ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_completion_prefix ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_insert_prefix ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@index_:
@text:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@index_:
@markup:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_delete_action ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@index_:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@column:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_text_column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@inline_completion:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_completion ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_selection ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@inline_selection:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_selection ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@popup_completion:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_completion ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@popup_set_width:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_set_width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@popup_single_match:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_single_match ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@completion:
@Returns:

458
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkenums.sgml
View File

@ -1,458 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
Standard Enumerations
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
Public enumerated types used throughout GTK+
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkAccelFlags ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE:
@GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED:
@GTK_ACCEL_MASK:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkArrowPlacement ##### -->
<para>
Used to specify the placement of scroll arrows in scrolling menus.
</para>
@GTK_ARROWS_BOTH: Place one arrow on each end of the menu.
@GTK_ARROWS_START: Place both arrows at the top of the menu.
@GTK_ARROWS_END: Place both arrows at the bottom of the menu.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkArrowType ##### -->
<para>
Used to indicate the direction in which a #GtkArrow should point.
</para>
@GTK_ARROW_UP: Represents an upward pointing arrow.
@GTK_ARROW_DOWN: Represents a downward pointing arrow.
@GTK_ARROW_LEFT: Represents a left pointing arrow.
@GTK_ARROW_RIGHT: Represents a right pointing arrow.
@GTK_ARROW_NONE: No arrow. Since 2.10.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkAttachOptions ##### -->
<para>
Denotes the expansion properties that a widget will have when it (or its
parent) is resized.
</para>
@GTK_EXPAND: the widget should expand to take up any extra space in its
container that has been allocated.
@GTK_SHRINK: the widget should shrink as and when possible.
@GTK_FILL: the widget should fill the space allocated to it.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkButtonBoxStyle ##### -->
<para>
Used to dictate the style that a #GtkButtonBox uses to layout the buttons it
contains. (See also: #GtkVButtonBox and #GtkHButtonBox).
</para>
@GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD: Buttons are evenly spread across the box.
@GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE: Buttons are placed at the edges of the box.
@GTK_BUTTONBOX_START: Buttons are grouped towards the start of the box,
(on the left for a HBox, or the top for a VBox).
@GTK_BUTTONBOX_END: Buttons are grouped towards the end of the box,
(on the right for a HBox, or the bottom for a VBox).
@GTK_BUTTONBOX_CENTER: Buttons are centered in the box. Since 2.12
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkCornerType ##### -->
<para>
Specifies which corner a child widget should be placed in when packed into
a #GtkScrolledWindow. This is effectively the opposite of where the scroll
bars are placed.
</para>
@GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT: Place the scrollbars on the right and bottom of the
widget (default behaviour).
@GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT: Place the scrollbars on the top and right of the
widget.
@GTK_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT: Place the scrollbars on the left and bottom of the
widget.
@GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT: Place the scrollbars on the top and left of the
widget.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkDeleteType ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_DELETE_CHARS:
@GTK_DELETE_WORD_ENDS:
@GTK_DELETE_WORDS:
@GTK_DELETE_DISPLAY_LINES:
@GTK_DELETE_DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS:
@GTK_DELETE_PARAGRAPH_ENDS:
@GTK_DELETE_PARAGRAPHS:
@GTK_DELETE_WHITESPACE:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkDirectionType ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
@GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
@GTK_DIR_UP:
@GTK_DIR_DOWN:
@GTK_DIR_LEFT:
@GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkExpanderStyle ##### -->
<para>
Used to specify the style of the expanders drawn by a #GtkTreeView.
</para>
@GTK_EXPANDER_COLLAPSED: The style used for a collapsed subtree.
@GTK_EXPANDER_SEMI_COLLAPSED: Intermediate style used during animation.
@GTK_EXPANDER_SEMI_EXPANDED: Intermediate style used during animation.
@GTK_EXPANDER_EXPANDED: The style used for an expanded subtree.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkIMPreeditStyle ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING:
@GTK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACK:
@GTK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkIMStatusStyle ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING:
@GTK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACK:
@GTK_IM_STATUS_NONE:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkJustification ##### -->
<para>
Used for justifying the text inside a #GtkLabel widget. (See also
#GtkAlignment).
</para>
@GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: The text is placed at the left edge of the label.
@GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: The text is placed at the right edge of the label.
@GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: The text is placed in the center of the label.
@GTK_JUSTIFY_FILL: The text is placed is distributed across the label.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkMovementStep ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL_POSITIONS:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_VISUAL_POSITIONS:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_WORDS:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINES:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_PARAGRAPHS:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_PARAGRAPH_ENDS:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_PAGES:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_BUFFER_ENDS:
@GTK_MOVEMENT_HORIZONTAL_PAGES:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkOrientation ##### -->
<para>
Represents the orientation of widgets which can be switched between horizontal
and vertical orientation on the fly, like #GtkToolbar.
</para>
@GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL: The widget is in horizontal orientation.
@GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL: The widget is in vertical orientation.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkPackType ##### -->
<para>
Represents the packing location #GtkBox children. (See: #GtkVBox,
#GtkHBox, and #GtkButtonBox).
</para>
@GTK_PACK_START: The child is packed into the start of the box
@GTK_PACK_END: The child is packed into the end of the box
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkPathPriorityType ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_PATH_PRIO_LOWEST:
@GTK_PATH_PRIO_GTK:
@GTK_PATH_PRIO_APPLICATION:
@GTK_PATH_PRIO_THEME:
@GTK_PATH_PRIO_RC:
@GTK_PATH_PRIO_HIGHEST:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkPathType ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_PATH_WIDGET:
@GTK_PATH_WIDGET_CLASS:
@GTK_PATH_CLASS:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkPolicyType ##### -->
<para>
Determines when a scroll bar will be visible.
</para>
@GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS: The scrollbar is always visible.
@GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC: The scrollbar will appear and disappear as necessary. For example,
when all of a #GtkCList can not be seen.
@GTK_POLICY_NEVER: The scrollbar will never appear.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkPositionType ##### -->
<para>
Describes which edge of a widget a certain feature is positioned at, e.g. the
tabs of a #GtkNotebook, the handle of a #GtkHandleBox or the label of a
#GtkScale.
</para>
@GTK_POS_LEFT: The feature is at the left edge.
@GTK_POS_RIGHT: The feature is at the right edge.
@GTK_POS_TOP: The feature is at the top edge.
@GTK_POS_BOTTOM: The feature is at the bottom edge.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkReliefStyle ##### -->
<para>
Indicated the relief to be drawn around a #GtkButton.
</para>
@GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL: Draw a normal relief.
@GTK_RELIEF_HALF: A half relief.
@GTK_RELIEF_NONE: No relief.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkResizeMode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_RESIZE_PARENT:
@GTK_RESIZE_QUEUE:
@GTK_RESIZE_IMMEDIATE: Deprecated.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkScrollStep ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_SCROLL_STEPS:
@GTK_SCROLL_PAGES:
@GTK_SCROLL_ENDS:
@GTK_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_STEPS:
@GTK_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_PAGES:
@GTK_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL_ENDS:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkScrollType ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_SCROLL_NONE:
@GTK_SCROLL_JUMP:
@GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD:
@GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD:
@GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD:
@GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD:
@GTK_SCROLL_STEP_UP:
@GTK_SCROLL_STEP_DOWN:
@GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_UP:
@GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_DOWN:
@GTK_SCROLL_STEP_LEFT:
@GTK_SCROLL_STEP_RIGHT:
@GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_LEFT:
@GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_RIGHT:
@GTK_SCROLL_START:
@GTK_SCROLL_END:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkSelectionMode ##### -->
<para>
Used to control what selections users are allowed to make.
</para>
@GTK_SELECTION_NONE: No selection is possible.
@GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE: Zero or one element may be selected.
@GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE: Exactly one element is selected. In some circumstances,
such as initially or during a search operation, it's possible for no element
to be selected with %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. What is really enforced is that
the user can't deselect a currently selected element except by selecting
another element.
@GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE: Any number of elements may be selected.
Clicks toggle the state of an item. Any number of elements may be selected.
The Ctrl key may be used to enlarge the selection, and Shift key to select
between the focus and the child pointed to. Some widgets may also allow
Click-drag to select a range of elements.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkShadowType ##### -->
<para>
Used to change the appearance of an outline typically provided by a #GtkFrame.
</para>
@GTK_SHADOW_NONE: No outline.
@GTK_SHADOW_IN: The outline is bevelled inwards.
@GTK_SHADOW_OUT: The outline is bevelled outwards like a button.
@GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN: The outline has a sunken 3d appearance.
@GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT: The outline has a raised 3d appearance
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkStateType ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
@GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
@GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
@GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
@GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
@GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
@GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkStateFlags ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE:
@GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT:
@GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED:
@GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE:
@GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT:
@GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkToolbarStyle ##### -->
<para>
Used to customize the appearance of a #GtkToolbar. Note that
setting the toolbar style overrides the user's preferences
for the default toolbar style. Note that if the button has only
a label set and GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS is used, the label will be
visible, and vice versa.
</para>
@GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS: Buttons display only icons in the toolbar.
@GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT: Buttons display only text labels in the toolbar.
@GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH: Buttons display text and icons in the toolbar.
@GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ: Buttons display icons and text alongside each
other, rather than vertically stacked
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkUpdateType ##### -->
<para>
Used by #GtkRange to control the policy for notifying value changes.
</para>
@GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS: Notify updates whenever the value changed
@GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS: Notify updates when the mouse button has been released
@GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED: Space out updates with a small timeout
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkWindowPosition ##### -->
<para>
Window placement can be influenced using this enumeration. Note that
using #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS is almost always a bad idea.
It won't necessarily work well with all window managers or on all windowing systems.
</para>
@GTK_WIN_POS_NONE: No influence is made on placement.
@GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER: Windows should be placed in the center of the screen.
@GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE: Windows should be placed at the current mouse position.
@GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS: Keep window centered as it changes size, etc.
@GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT: Center the window on its transient
parent (see gtk_window_set_transient_for()).
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkWindowType ##### -->
<para>
A #GtkWindow can be one of these types. Most things you'd consider a
"window" should have type #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL; windows with this type
are managed by the window manager and have a frame by default (call
gtk_window_set_decorated() to toggle the frame). Windows with type
#GTK_WINDOW_POPUP are ignored by the window manager; window manager
keybindings won't work on them, the window manager won't decorate the
window with a frame, many GTK+ features that rely on the window
manager will not work (e.g. resize grips and
maximization/minimization). #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP is used to implement
widgets such as #GtkMenu or tooltips that you normally don't think of
as windows per se. Nearly all windows should be #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL.
In particular, do not use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP just to turn off
the window borders; use gtk_window_set_decorated() for that.
</para>
@GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL: A regular window, such as a dialog.
@GTK_WINDOW_POPUP: A special window such as a tooltip.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkSortType ##### -->
<para>
Determines the direction of a sort.
</para>
@GTK_SORT_ASCENDING: Sorting is in ascending order.
@GTK_SORT_DESCENDING: Sorting is in descending order.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkDragResult ##### -->
<para>
Gives an indication why a drag operation failed.
The value can by obtained by connecting to the
#GtkWidget::drag-failed signal.
</para>
@GTK_DRAG_RESULT_SUCCESS: The drag operation was successful
@GTK_DRAG_RESULT_NO_TARGET: No suitable drag target
@GTK_DRAG_RESULT_USER_CANCELLED: The user cancelled the drag operation
@GTK_DRAG_RESULT_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED: The drag operation timed out
@GTK_DRAG_RESULT_GRAB_BROKEN: The pointer or keyboard grab used
for the drag operation was broken
@GTK_DRAG_RESULT_ERROR: The drag operation failed due to some
unspecified error
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkJunctionSides ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_JUNCTION_NONE:
@GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_TOPLEFT:
@GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_TOPRIGHT:
@GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_BOTTOMLEFT:
@GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_BOTTOMRIGHT:
@GTK_JUNCTION_TOP:
@GTK_JUNCTION_BOTTOM:
@GTK_JUNCTION_LEFT:
@GTK_JUNCTION_RIGHT:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkBorderStyle ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_BORDER_STYLE_NONE:
@GTK_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID:
@GTK_BORDER_STYLE_INSET:
@GTK_BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkRegionFlags ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@GTK_REGION_EVEN:
@GTK_REGION_ODD:
@GTK_REGION_FIRST:
@GTK_REGION_LAST:
@GTK_REGION_SORTED:

86
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkeventbox.sgml
View File

@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkEventBox
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A widget used to catch events for widgets which do not have their own window
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkEventBox widget is a subclass of #GtkBin which also has its own window.
It is useful since it allows you to catch events for widgets which do not
have their own window.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkEventBox ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkEventBox-struct struct contains private data only, and
should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:above-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:visible-window ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_event_box_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkEventBox.
</para>
@void:
@Returns: a new #GtkEventBox.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_event_box_set_above_child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@event_box:
@above_child:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_event_box_get_above_child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@event_box:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_event_box_set_visible_window ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@event_box:
@visible_window:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_event_box_get_visible_window ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@event_box:
@Returns:

296
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkexpander.sgml
View File

@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkExpander
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A container which can hide its child
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
A #GtkExpander allows the user to hide or show its child by clicking
on an expander triangle similar to the triangles used in a #GtkTreeView.
</para>
<para>
Normally you use an expander as you would use any other descendant
of #GtkBin; you create the child widget and use gtk_container_add()
to add it to the expander. When the expander is toggled, it will take
care of showing and hiding the child automatically.
</para>
<section id="expander-special-usage">
<title>Special Usage</title>
<para>
There are situations in which you may prefer to show and hide the
expanded widget yourself, such as when you want to actually create
the widget at expansion time. In this case, create a #GtkExpander
but do not add a child to it. The expander widget has an
<literal>expanded</literal> property which can be used to monitor
its expansion state. You should watch this property with a signal
connection as follows:
</para>
<programlisting id="expander-callback-example">
expander = gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic ("_More Options");
g_signal_connect (expander, "notify::expanded",
G_CALLBACK (expander_callback), NULL);
...
static void
expander_callback (GObject *object,
GParamSpec *param_spec,
gpointer user_data)
{
GtkExpander *expander;
expander = GTK_EXPANDER (object);
if (gtk_expander_get_expanded (expander))
{
/* Show or create widgets */
}
else
{
/* Hide or destroy widgets */
}
}
</programlisting>
</section>
<refsect2 id="GtkExpander-BUILDER-UI">
<title>GtkExpander as GtkBuildable</title>
<para>
The GtkExpander implementation of the GtkBuildable interface
supports placing a child in the label position by specifying
"label" as the "type" attribute of a &lt;child&gt; element.
A normal content child can be specified without specifying
a &lt;child&gt; type attribute.
</para>
<example>
<title>A UI definition fragment with GtkExpander</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
<object class="GtkExpander">
<child type="label">
<object class="GtkLabel" id="expander-label"/>
</child>
<child>
<object class="GtkEntry" id="expander-content"/>
</child>
</object>
]]></programlisting>
</example>
</refsect2>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkExpander ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkExpander::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label-fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:use-markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@expanded:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@spacing:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@label:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_use_underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@use_underline:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_use_underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_use_markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@use_markup:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_use_markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_label_widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@label_widget:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_label_widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_label_fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@label_fill:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_label_fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:

135
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfeatures.sgml
View File

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
Version Information
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
Variables and functions to check the GTK+ version
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
GTK+ provides version information, primarily useful in configure checks
for builds that have a configure script. Applications will not
typically use the features described here.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_major_version ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_minor_version ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_micro_version ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_binary_age ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_interface_age ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_check_version ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@required_major:
@required_minor:
@required_micro:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_MAJOR_VERSION ##### -->
<para>
Like #gtk_major_version, but from the headers used at
application compile time, rather than from the library linked against
at application run time.
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_MINOR_VERSION ##### -->
<para>
Like #gtk_minor_version, but from the headers used at
application compile time, rather than from the library linked against
at application run time.
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_MICRO_VERSION ##### -->
<para>
Like #gtk_micro_version, but from the headers used at
application compile time, rather than from the library linked against
at application run time.
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_BINARY_AGE ##### -->
<para>
Like #gtk_binary_age, but from the headers used at
application compile time, rather than from the library linked against
at application run time.
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_INTERFACE_AGE ##### -->
<para>
Like #gtk_interface_age, but from the headers used at
application compile time, rather than from the library linked against
at application run time.
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_CHECK_VERSION ##### -->
<para>
Returns %TRUE if the version of the GTK+ header files is the same
as or newer than the passed-in version.
</para>
@major: major version (e.g. 1 for version 1.2.5)
@minor: minor version (e.g. 2 for version 1.2.5)
@micro: micro version (e.g. 5 for version 1.2.5)

170
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfilefilter.sgml
View File

@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkFileFilter
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A filter for selecting a file subset
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
A GtkFileFilter can be used to restrict the files being shown
in a #GtkFileChooser. Files can be filtered based on their name
(with gtk_file_filter_add_pattern()), on their mime type (with
gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type()), or by a custom filter function
(with gtk_file_filter_add_custom()).
</para>
<para>
Filtering by mime types handles aliasing and subclassing of mime
types; e.g. a filter for text/plain also matches a file with mime
type application/rtf, since application/rtf is a subclass of
text/plain. Note that #GtkFileFilter allows wildcards for the
subtype of a mime type, so you can e.g. filter for image/*.
</para>
<para>
Normally, filters are used by adding them to a #GtkFileChooser,
see gtk_file_chooser_add_filter(), but it is also possible
to manually use a filter on a file with gtk_file_filter_filter().
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
#GtkFileChooser
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkFileFilter ##### -->
<para>
The <structname>GtkFileFilter</structname> struct contains
only private fields and should not be directly accessed.
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkFileFilterInfo ##### -->
<para>
A <structname>GtkFileFilterInfo</structname> struct is used
to pass information about the tested file to
gtk_file_filter_filter().
</para>
@contains: Flags indicating which of the following fields need
are filled
@filename: the filename of the file being tested
@uri: the URI for the file being tested
@display_name: the string that will be used to display the file
in the file chooser
@mime_type: the mime type of the file
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkFileFilterFlags ##### -->
<para>
These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkFileFilterInfo struct
are filled or need to be filled.
</para>
@GTK_FILE_FILTER_FILENAME: the filename of the file being tested
@GTK_FILE_FILTER_URI: the URI for the file being tested
@GTK_FILE_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME: the string that will be used to
display the file in the file chooser
@GTK_FILE_FILTER_MIME_TYPE: the mime type of the file
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkFileFilterFunc ##### -->
<para>
The type of function that is used with custom filters,
see gtk_file_filter_add_custom().
</para>
@filter_info: a #GtkFileFilterInfo that is filled according
to the @needed flags passed to gtk_file_filter_add_custom()
@data: user data passed to gtk_file_filter_add_custom()
@Returns: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_set_name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filter:
@name:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_get_name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filter:
@mime_type:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_add_pattern ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filter:
@pattern:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_add_pixbuf_formats ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_add_custom ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filter:
@needed:
@func:
@data:
@notify:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_get_needed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_filter_filter ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filter:
@filter_info:
@Returns:

133
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfixed.sgml
View File

@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkFixed
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A container which allows you to position widgets at fixed coordinates
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkFixed widget is a container which can place child widgets at fixed
positions and with fixed sizes, given in pixels. #GtkFixed performs no
automatic layout management.
</para>
<para>
For most applications, you should not use this container! It keeps
you from having to learn about the other GTK+ containers, but it
results in broken applications.
With #GtkFixed, the following things will result in truncated text,
overlapping widgets, and other display bugs:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Themes, which may change widget sizes.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Fonts other than the one you used to write the app will of
course change the size of widgets containing text; keep in mind that
users may use a larger font because of difficulty reading the default,
or they may be using Windows or the framebuffer port of GTK+, where
different fonts are available.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Translation of text into other languages changes its size. Also,
display of non-English text will use a different font in many cases.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
In addition, the fixed widget can't properly be mirrored in
right-to-left languages such as Hebrew and Arabic. i.e. normally GTK+
will flip the interface to put labels to the right of the thing they
label, but it can't do that with #GtkFixed. So your application will
not be usable in right-to-left languages.
</para>
<para>
Finally, fixed positioning makes it kind of annoying to add/remove GUI
elements, since you have to reposition all the other elements. This is
a long-term maintenance problem for your application.
</para>
<para>
If you know none of these things are an issue for your application,
and prefer the simplicity of #GtkFixed, by all means use the
widget. But you should be aware of the tradeoffs.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkFixed ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkFixed-struct struct contains the following fields.
(These fields should be considered read-only. They should never be set by
an application.)
<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none" role="struct">
<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"/><colspec colwidth="8*"/>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>#GList *children;</entry>
<entry>a list of #GtkFixedChild elements, containing the child widgets and
their positions.</entry>
</row>
</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_fixed_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkFixed.
</para>
@void:
@Returns: a new #GtkFixed.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_fixed_put ##### -->
<para>
Adds a widget to a #GtkFixed container at the given position.
</para>
@fixed: a #GtkFixed.
@widget: the widget to add.
@x: the horizontal position to place the widget at.
@y: the vertical position to place the widget at.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_fixed_move ##### -->
<para>
Moves a child of a #GtkFixed container to the given position.
</para>
@fixed: a #GtkFixed.
@widget: the child widget.
@x: the horizontal position to move the widget to.
@y: the vertical position to move the widget to.

626
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkmain.sgml
View File

@ -1,626 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
Main loop and Events
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
Library initialization, main event loop, and events
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
Before using GTK+, you need to initialize it; initialization connects
to the window system display, and parses some standard command line
arguments. The gtk_init() function initializes GTK+. gtk_init() exits
the application if errors occur; to avoid this, use gtk_init_check().
gtk_init_check() allows you to recover from a failed GTK+
initialization - you might start up your application in text mode instead.
</para>
<para>
Like all GUI toolkits, GTK+ uses an event-driven programming
model. When the user is doing nothing, GTK+ sits in the
<firstterm>main loop</firstterm> and waits for input. If the user
performs some action - say, a mouse click - then the main loop "wakes
up" and delivers an event to GTK+. GTK+ forwards the event to one or
more widgets.
</para>
<para>
When widgets receive an event, they frequently emit one or more
<firstterm>signals</firstterm>. Signals notify your program that
"something interesting happened" by invoking functions you've
connected to the signal with g_signal_connect(). Functions connected
to a signal are often termed <firstterm>callbacks</firstterm>.
</para>
<para>
When your callbacks are invoked, you would typically take some action
- for example, when an Open button is clicked you might display a
#GtkFileSelectionDialog. After a callback finishes, GTK+ will return
to the main loop and await more user input.
</para>
<example>
<title>Typical <function>main</function> function for a GTK+ application</title>
<programlisting>
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
/* Initialize i18n support */
gtk_set_locale (<!-- -->);
/* Initialize the widget set */
gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
/* Create the main window */
mainwin = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
/* Set up our GUI elements */
...
/* Show the application window */
gtk_widget_show_all (mainwin);
/* Enter the main event loop, and wait for user interaction */
gtk_main (<!-- -->);
/* The user lost interest */
return 0;
}
</programlisting>
</example>
<para>
It's OK to use the GLib main loop directly instead of gtk_main(),
though it involves slightly more typing. See #GMainLoop in the GLib
documentation.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
See the GLib manual, especially #GMainLoop and signal-related
functions such as g_signal_connect().
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_set_locale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_disable_setlocale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_default_language ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_parse_args ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@argc:
@argv:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_init ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<note>
<para>
</para>
</note>
@argc:
@argv:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_init_check ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@argc:
@argv:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_init_with_args ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@argc:
@argv:
@parameter_string:
@entries:
@translation_domain:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_option_group ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@open_default_display:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_events_pending ##### -->
<para>
Checks if any events are pending. This can be used to update the GUI
and invoke timeouts etc. while doing some time intensive computation.
</para>
<example>
<title>Updating the GUI during a long computation.</title>
<programlisting>
/* computation going on */
...
while (gtk_events_pending (<!-- -->))
gtk_main_iteration (<!-- -->);
...
/* computation continued */
</programlisting>
</example>
@void:
@Returns: %TRUE if any events are pending, %FALSE otherwise.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_main ##### -->
<para>
Runs the main loop until gtk_main_quit() is called. You can nest calls to
gtk_main(). In that case gtk_main_quit() will make the innermost invocation
of the main loop return.
</para>
@void:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_main_level ##### -->
<para>
Asks for the current nesting level of the main loop. This can be useful
when calling gtk_quit_add().
</para>
@void:
@Returns: the nesting level of the current invocation of the main loop.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_main_quit ##### -->
<para>
Makes the innermost invocation of the main loop return when it regains
control.
</para>
@void:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_main_iteration ##### -->
<para>
Runs a single iteration of the mainloop. If no events are waiting to be
processed GTK+ will block until the next event is noticed. If you don't
want to block look at gtk_main_iteration_do() or check if any events are
pending with gtk_events_pending() first.
</para>
@void:
@Returns: %TRUE if gtk_main_quit() has been called for the innermost mainloop.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_main_iteration_do ##### -->
<para>
Runs a single iteration of the mainloop. If no events are available either
return or block dependent on the value of @blocking.
</para>
@blocking: %TRUE if you want GTK+ to block if no events are pending.
@Returns: %TRUE if gtk_main_quit() has been called for the innermost mainloop.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_main_do_event ##### -->
<para>
Processes a single GDK event. This is public only to allow filtering of events
between GDK and GTK+. You will not usually need to call this function directly.
</para>
<para>
While you should not call this function directly, you might want to know
how exactly events are handled. So here is what this function does with
the event:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem><para>
Compress enter/leave notify events. If the event passed build an
enter/leave pair together with the next event (peeked from GDK)
both events are thrown away. This is to avoid a backlog of (de-)highlighting
widgets crossed by the pointer.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Find the widget which got the event. If the widget can't be determined
the event is thrown away unless it belongs to a INCR transaction. In that
case it is passed to gtk_selection_incr_event().
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Then the event is passed on a stack so you can query the currently handled
event with gtk_get_current_event().
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
The event is sent to a widget. If a grab is active all events for
widgets that are not in the contained in the grab widget are sent to the
latter with a few exceptions:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
Deletion and destruction events are still sent to the event widget for
obvious reasons.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Events which directly relate to the visual representation of the event
widget.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Leave events are delivered to the event widget if there was an enter
event delivered to it before without the paired leave event.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
Drag events are not redirected because it is unclear what the semantics
of that would be.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
Another point of interest might be that all key events are first passed
through the key snooper functions if there are any. Read the description
of gtk_key_snooper_install() if you need this feature.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
After finishing the delivery the event is popped from the event stack.
</para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
@event: An event to process (normally) passed by GDK.
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkModuleInitFunc ##### -->
<para>
Each GTK+ module must have a function gtk_module_init() with this prototype.
This function is called after loading the module with the @argc and @argv
cleaned from any arguments that GTK+ handles itself.
</para>
@argc: Pointer to the number of arguments remaining after gtk_init().
@argv: Points to the argument vector.
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkModuleDisplayInitFunc ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@display:
@Since: 2.2
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_true ##### -->
<para>
All this function does it to return %TRUE. This can be useful for example
if you want to inhibit the deletion of a window. Of course you should
not do this as the user expects a reaction from clicking the close
icon of the window...
</para>
<example>
<title>A persistent window</title>
<programlisting>
##include &lt;gtk/gtk.h&gt;
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
GtkWidget *win, *but;
gtk_init( &amp;argc, &amp;argv );
win = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
g_signal_connect (win, "delete-event",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL);
g_signal_connect (win, "destroy",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_main_quit), NULL);
but = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Close yourself. I mean it!");
g_signal_connect_swapped (but, "clicked",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_object_destroy), win);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (win), but);
gtk_widget_show_all (win);
gtk_main (<!-- -->);
return 0;
}
</programlisting>
</example>
@void:
@Returns: %TRUE
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_false ##### -->
<para>
Analogical to gtk_true() this function does nothing
but always returns %FALSE.
</para>
@void:
@Returns: %FALSE
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_grab_add ##### -->
<para>
Makes @widget the current grabbed widget. This means that interaction with
other widgets in the same application is blocked and mouse as well as
keyboard events are delivered to this widget.
</para>
<para>
If @widget is not sensitive, it is not set as the current grabbed
widget and this function does nothing.
</para>
@widget: The widget that grabs keyboard and pointer events.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_grab_get_current ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_grab_remove ##### -->
<para>
Removes the grab from the given widget. You have to pair calls to gtk_grab_add()
and gtk_grab_remove().
</para>
<para>
If @widget does not have the grab, this function does nothing.
</para>
@widget: The widget which gives up the grab.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_device_grab_add ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@device:
@block_others:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_device_grab_remove ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@device:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkFunction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_quit_add_destroy ##### -->
<para>
Trigger destruction of @object in case the mainloop at level @main_level
is quit.
</para>
@main_level: Level of the mainloop which shall trigger the destruction.
@object: Object to be destroyed.
@Deprecated: This function is going to be removed in GTK+ 3.0
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_quit_add ##### -->
<para>
Registers a function to be called when an instance of the mainloop is left.
</para>
@main_level: Level at which termination the function shall be called. You
can pass 0 here to have the function run at the termination of the current
mainloop.
@function: The function to call. This should return 0 to be removed from the
list of quit handlers. Otherwise the function might be called again.
@data: Pointer to pass when calling @function.
@Returns: A handle for this quit handler (you need this for gtk_quit_remove())
or 0 if you passed a %NULL pointer in @function.
@Deprecated: This function is going to be removed in GTK+ 3.0
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkCallbackMarshal ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@object:
@data:
@n_args:
@args:
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkArg ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@type:
@name:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_quit_add_full ##### -->
<para>
Registers a function to be called when an instance of the mainloop is left.
In comparison to gtk_quit_add() this function adds the possibility to
pass a marshaller and a function to be called when the quit handler is freed.
</para>
<para>
The former can be used to run interpreted code instead of a compiled function
while the latter can be used to free the information stored in @data (while
you can do this in @function as well)... So this function will mostly be
used by GTK+ wrappers for languages other than C.
</para>
@main_level: Level at which termination the function shall be called. You
can pass 0 here to have the function run at the termination of the current
mainloop.
@function: The function to call. This should return 0 to be removed from the
list of quit handlers. Otherwise the function might be called again.
@marshal: The marshaller to be used. If this is non-%NULL, @function is
ignored.
@data: Pointer to pass when calling @function.
@destroy: Function to call to destruct @data. Gets @data as argument.
@Returns: A handle for this quit handler (you need this for gtk_quit_remove())
or 0 if you passed a %NULL pointer in @function.
@Deprecated: This function is going to be removed in GTK+ 3.0
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_quit_remove ##### -->
<para>
Removes a quit handler by its identifier.
</para>
@quit_handler_id: Identifier for the handler returned when installing it.
@Deprecated: This function is going to be removed in GTK+ 3.0
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_quit_remove_by_data ##### -->
<para>
Removes a quit handler identified by its @data field.
</para>
@data: The pointer passed as @data to gtk_quit_add() or gtk_quit_add_full().
@Deprecated: This function is going to be removed in GTK+ 3.0
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_PRIORITY_RESIZE ##### -->
<para>
Use this priority for resizing related stuff. It is used internally by
GTK+ to compute the sizes of widgets. This priority is higher than
%GDK_PRIORITY_REDRAW to avoid resizing a widget which was just redrawn.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_key_snooper_install ##### -->
<para>
Installs a key snooper function, which will get called on all key events
before delivering them normally.
</para>
@snooper: a #GtkKeySnoopFunc.
@func_data: data to pass to @snooper.
@Returns: a unique id for this key snooper for use with gtk_key_snooper_remove().
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkKeySnoopFunc ##### -->
<para>
Key snooper functions are called before normal event delivery.
They can be used to implement custom key event handling.
</para>
@grab_widget: the widget to which the event will be delivered.
@event: the key event.
@func_data: the @func_data supplied to gtk_key_snooper_install().
@Returns: %TRUE to stop further processing of @event, %FALSE to continue.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_key_snooper_remove ##### -->
<para>
Removes the key snooper function with the given id.
</para>
@snooper_handler_id: Identifies the key snooper to remove.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_current_event ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_current_event_time ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_current_event_state ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@state:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_current_event_device ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_get_event_widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@event:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_propagate_event ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@event:

494
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkmenu.sgml
View File

@ -1,494 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkMenu
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A menu widget
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
A #GtkMenu is a #GtkMenuShell that implements a drop down menu consisting of
a list of #GtkMenuItem objects which can be navigated and activated by the
user to perform application functions.
</para>
<para>
A #GtkMenu is most commonly dropped down by activating a #GtkMenuItem in a
#GtkMenuBar or popped up by activating a #GtkMenuItem in another #GtkMenu.
</para>
<para>
A #GtkMenu can also be popped up by activating a #GtkOptionMenu.
Other composite widgets such as the #GtkNotebook can pop up a #GtkMenu
as well.
</para>
<para>
Applications can display a #GtkMenu as a popup menu by calling the
gtk_menu_popup() function. The example below shows how an application
can pop up a menu when the 3rd mouse button is pressed.
</para>
<example>
<title>Connecting the popup signal handler.</title>
<programlisting>
/* connect our handler which will popup the menu */
g_signal_connect_swapped (window, "button_press_event",
G_CALLBACK (my_popup_handler), menu);
</programlisting>
</example>
<example>
<title>Signal handler which displays a popup menu.</title>
<programlisting>
static gint
my_popup_handler (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event)
{
GtkMenu *menu;
GdkEventButton *event_button;
g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_MENU (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, FALSE);
/* The "widget" is the menu that was supplied when
* g_signal_connect_swapped() was called.
*/
menu = GTK_MENU (widget);
if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS)
{
event_button = (GdkEventButton *) event;
if (event_button->button == 3)
{
gtk_menu_popup (menu, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
event_button->button, event_button->time);
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
</programlisting>
</example>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkMenu ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkMenu struct contains private data only, and
should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenu::move-scroll ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:accel-group ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:accel-path ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:attach-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:monitor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:reserve-toggle-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:tearoff-state ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:tearoff-title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:bottom-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:left-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:right-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:top-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:arrow-placement ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:arrow-scaling ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:double-arrows ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:horizontal-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:horizontal-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:vertical-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:vertical-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkMenu.
</para>
@void:
@Returns: a new #GtkMenu.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@screen:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_reorder_child ##### -->
<para>
Moves a #GtkMenuItem to a new position within the #GtkMenu.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@child: the #GtkMenuItem to move.
@position: the new position to place @child. Positions are numbered from
0 to n-1.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@child:
@left_attach:
@right_attach:
@top_attach:
@bottom_attach:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_popup_for_device ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@device:
@parent_menu_shell:
@parent_menu_item:
@func:
@data:
@destroy:
@button:
@activate_time:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_popup ##### -->
@menu:
@parent_menu_shell:
@parent_menu_item:
@func:
@data:
@button:
@activate_time:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_accel_group ##### -->
<para>
Set the #GtkAccelGroup which holds global accelerators for the menu.
This accelerator group needs to also be added to all windows that
this menu is being used in with gtk_window_add_accel_group(), in order
for those windows to support all the accelerators contained in this group.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@accel_group: the #GtkAccelGroup to be associated with the menu.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_accel_group ##### -->
<para>
Gets the #GtkAccelGroup which holds global accelerators for the menu.
See gtk_menu_set_accel_group().
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@Returns: the #GtkAccelGroup associated with the menu.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_accel_path ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@accel_path:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_accel_path ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@title:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_monitor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@monitor_num:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_monitor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_reserve_toggle_size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@reserve_toggle_size:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_reserve_toggle_size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_popdown ##### -->
<para>
Removes the menu from the screen.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_reposition ##### -->
<para>
Repositions the menu according to its position function.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_active ##### -->
<para>
Returns the selected menu item from the menu. This is used by the
#GtkOptionMenu.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@Returns: the #GtkMenuItem that was last selected in the menu. If a
selection has not yet been made, the first menu item is selected.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_active ##### -->
<para>
Selects the specified menu item within the menu. This is used by the
#GtkOptionMenu and should not be used by anyone else.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@index_: the index of the menu item to select. Index values are from
0 to n-1.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_tearoff_state ##### -->
<para>
Changes the tearoff state of the menu. A menu is normally displayed
as drop down menu which persists as long as the menu is active. It can
also be displayed as a tearoff menu which persists until it is closed
or reattached.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@torn_off: If %TRUE, menu is displayed as a tearoff menu.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_attach_to_widget ##### -->
<para>
Attaches the menu to the widget and provides a callback function that will
be invoked when the menu calls gtk_menu_detach() during its destruction.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@attach_widget: the #GtkWidget that the menu will be attached to.
@detacher: the user supplied callback function that will be called when
the menu calls gtk_menu_detach().
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_detach ##### -->
<para>
Detaches the menu from the widget to which it had been attached.
This function will call the callback function, @detacher, provided
when the gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() function was called.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_attach_widget ##### -->
<para>
Returns the #GtkWidget that the menu is attached to.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@Returns: the #GtkWidget that the menu is attached to.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_get_for_attach_widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkMenuPositionFunc ##### -->
<para>
A user function supplied when calling gtk_menu_popup() which controls the
positioning of the menu when it is displayed. The function sets the @x
and @y parameters to the coordinates where the menu is to be drawn.
To make the menu appear on a different monitor than the mouse pointer,
gtk_menu_set_monitor() must be called.
</para>
@menu: a #GtkMenu.
@x: address of the #gint representing the horizontal position where the
menu shall be drawn. This is an output parameter.
@y: address of the #gint representing the vertical position where the
menu shall be drawn. This is an output parameter.
@push_in: This parameter controls how menus placed outside the monitor are handled.
If this is set to %TRUE and part of the menu is outside the monitor then
GTK+ pushes the window into the visible area, effectively modifying the
popup position.
Note that moving and possibly resizing the menu around will alter the
scroll position to keep the menu items "in place", i.e. at the same monitor
position they would have been without resizing.
In practice, this behavior is only useful for combobox popups or option
menus and cannot be used to simply confine a menu to monitor boundaries.
In that case, changing the scroll offset is not desirable.
@user_data: the data supplied by the user in the gtk_menu_popup() @data
parameter.
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkMenuDetachFunc ##### -->
<para>
A user function supplied when calling gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() which
will be called when the menu is later detached from the widget.
</para>
@attach_widget: the #GtkWidget that the menu is being detached from.
@menu: the #GtkMenu being detached.

104
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkmenubar.sgml
View File

@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkMenuBar
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A subclass widget for GtkMenuShell which holds GtkMenuItem widgets
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkMenuBar is a subclass of #GtkMenuShell which contains one to many #GtkMenuItem. The result is a standard menu bar which can hold many menu items. #GtkMenuBar allows for a shadow type to be set for aesthetic purposes. The shadow types are defined in the #gtk_menu_bar_set_shadow_type function.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
#GtkMenuShell, #GtkMenu, #GtkMenuItem
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkMenuBar ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkMenuBar struct contains the following fields. (These fields should be considered read-only. They should never be set by an application.)
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuBar:child-pack-direction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuBar:pack-direction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuBar:internal-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuBar:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_bar_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates the new #GtkMenuBar
</para>
@void:
@Returns: the #GtkMenuBar
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkPackDirection ##### -->
<para>
Determines how widgets should be packed insided menubars and
menuitems contained in menubars.
</para>
@GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_LTR: Widgets are packed left-to-right.
@GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_RTL: Widgets are packed right-to-left.
@GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_TTB: Widgets are packed top-to-bottom.
@GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_BTT: Widgets are packed bottom-to-top.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menubar:
@pack_dir:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_bar_get_pack_direction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menubar:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menubar:
@child_pack_dir:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menubar:
@Returns:

224
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkmenushell.sgml
View File

@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkMenuShell
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A base class for menu objects
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
A #GtkMenuShell is the abstract base class used to derive the
#GtkMenu and #GtkMenuBar subclasses.
</para>
<para>
A #GtkMenuShell is a container of #GtkMenuItem objects arranged in a
list which can be navigated, selected, and activated by the user to perform
application functions. A #GtkMenuItem can have a submenu associated with it,
allowing for nested hierarchical menus.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkMenuShell ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkMenuShell-struct struct contains the following fields.
(These fields should be considered read-only. They should never be set by
an application.)
<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none" role="struct">
<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"/><colspec colwidth="8*"/>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>#GList *children;</entry>
<entry>The list of #GtkMenuItem objects contained by this #GtkMenuShell.
</entry>
</row>
</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::activate-current ##### -->
<para>
An action signal that activates the current menu item within the menu
shell.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@force_hide: if TRUE, hide the menu after activating the menu item.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::cancel ##### -->
<para>
An action signal which cancels the selection within the menu shell.
Causes the GtkMenuShell::selection-done signal to be emitted.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::cycle-focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::deactivate ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a menu shell is deactivated.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::move-current ##### -->
<para>
An action signal which moves the current menu item in the direction
specified by @direction.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@direction: the direction to move.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::move-selected ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::selection-done ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a selection has been completed within a menu
shell.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuShell:take-focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_append ##### -->
<para>
Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the end of the menu shell's item list.
</para>
@menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell.
@child: The #GtkMenuItem to add.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_prepend ##### -->
<para>
Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the beginning of the menu shell's item list.
</para>
@menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell.
@child: The #GtkMenuItem to add.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_insert ##### -->
<para>
Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the menu shell's item list at the position
indicated by @position.
</para>
@menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell.
@child: The #GtkMenuItem to add.
@position: The position in the item list where @child is added.
Positions are numbered from 0 to n-1.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_deactivate ##### -->
<para>
Deactivates the menu shell. Typically this results in the menu shell
being erased from the screen.
</para>
@menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_select_item ##### -->
<para>
Selects the menu item from the menu shell.
</para>
@menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell.
@menu_item: The #GtkMenuItem to select.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_select_first ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu_shell:
@search_sensitive:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_deselect ##### -->
<para>
Deselects the currently selected item from the menu shell, if any.
</para>
@menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_activate_item ##### -->
<para>
Activates the menu item within the menu shell.
</para>
@menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell.
@menu_item: The #GtkMenuItem to activate.
@force_deactivate: If TRUE, force the deactivation of the menu shell
after the menu item is activated.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_cancel ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu_shell:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu_shell:
@take_focus:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu_shell:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkMenuDirectionType ##### -->
<para>
An enumeration representing directional movements within a menu.
</para>
@GTK_MENU_DIR_PARENT: To the parent menu shell.
@GTK_MENU_DIR_CHILD: To the submenu, if any, associated with the item.
@GTK_MENU_DIR_NEXT: To the next menu item.
@GTK_MENU_DIR_PREV: To the previous menu item.

18
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkmenutoolbutton.sgml
View File

@ -16,6 +16,24 @@ A GtkToolItem containing a button with an additional dropdown menu
#GtkMenuToolButton. Use gtk_menu_tool_button_new_from_stock() to
create a new #GtkMenuToolButton containing a stock item.
</para>
<refsect2 id="GtkMenuToolButton-BUILDER-UI">
<title>GtkMenuToolButton as GtkBuildable</title>
<para>
The GtkMenuToolButton implementation of the GtkBuildable interface
supports adding a menu by specifying "menu" as the "type"
attribute of a &lt;child&gt; element.
</para>
<example>
<title>A UI definition fragment with menus</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
<object class="GtkMenuToolButton">
<child type="menu">
<object class="GtkMenu"/>
</child>
</object>
]]></programlisting>
</example>
</refsect2>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>

186
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkprintjob.sgml
View File

@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkPrintJob
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
Represents a print job
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
A #GtkPrintJob object represents a job that is sent to a
printer. You only need to deal directly with print jobs if
you use the non-portable #GtkPrintUnixDialog API.
</para>
<para>
Use gtk_print_job_get_surface() to obtain the cairo surface
onto which the pages must be drawn. Use gtk_print_job_send()
to send the finished job to the printer. If you don't use cairo
#GtkPrintJob also supports printing of manually generated postscript,
via gtk_print_job_set_source_file().
<!-- FIXME more details needed here -->
</para>
<!-- FIXME examples ? -->
<para>
Printing support was added in GTK+ 2.10.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkPrintJob ##### -->
<para>
The GtkPrintJob struct contains only private members
and should not be directly accessed.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkPrintJob::status-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@printjob: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkPrintJob:page-setup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkPrintJob:printer ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkPrintJob:settings ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkPrintJob:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkPrintJob:track-print-status ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkPrintJobCompleteFunc ##### -->
<para>
The type of callback that is passed to gtk_print_job_send().
It is called when the print job has been completely sent.
</para>
@print_job: the #GtkPrintJob
@user_data: user data that has been passed to gtk_print_job_send()
@error: a #GError that contains error information if the sending
of the print job failed, otherwise %NULL
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@title:
@printer:
@settings:
@page_setup:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_get_settings ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_get_printer ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_get_title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_get_status ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_set_source_file ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@filename:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_get_surface ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_send ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@callback:
@user_data:
@dnotify:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@track_status:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_job_get_track_print_status ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@job:
@Returns:

9
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkprintoperation.sgml
View File

@ -630,14 +630,11 @@ The #GQuark used for #GtkPrintError errors.
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkPageSetupDoneFunc ##### -->
<para>
The type of function that is passed to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async().
This function will be called when the page setup dialog is dismissed, and
also serves as destroy notify for @data.
</para>
@page_setup: the #GtkPageSetup that has been
@data: user data that has been passed to
gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async().
@page_setup:
@data:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async ##### -->

542
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkselection.sgml
View File

@ -1,542 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
Selections
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
Functions for handling inter-process communication via selections
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
The selection mechanism provides the basis for different types
of communication between processes. In particular, drag and drop and
#GtkClipboard work via selections. You will very seldom or
never need to use most of the functions in this section directly;
#GtkClipboard provides a nicer interface to the same functionality.
</para>
<para>
Some of the datatypes defined this section are used in
the #GtkClipboard and drag-and-drop API's as well. The
#GtkTargetEntry structure and #GtkTargetList objects represent
lists of data types that are supported when sending or
receiving data. The #GtkSelectionData object is used to
store a chunk of data along with the data type and other
associated information.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>#GtkWidget</term>
<listitem><para>Much of the operation of selections happens via
signals for #GtkWidget. In particular, if you are
using the functions in this section, you may need
to pay attention to ::selection_get,
::selection_received, and :selection_clear_event
signals.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTargetEntry ##### -->
<para>
A #GtkTargetEntry structure represents a single type of
data than can be supplied for by a widget for a selection
or for supplied or received during drag-and-drop. It
contains a string representing the drag type, a flags
field (used only for drag and drop - see #GtkTargetFlags),
and an application assigned integer ID. The integer
ID will later be passed as a signal parameter for signals
like "selection_get". It allows the application to identify
the target type without extensive string compares.
</para>
@target:
@flags:
@info:
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTargetList ##### -->
<para>
A #GtkTargetList structure is a reference counted list
of #GtkTargetPair. It is used to represent the same
information as a table of #GtkTargetEntry, but in
an efficient form. This structure should be treated as
opaque.
</para>
@list:
@ref_count:
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTargetPair ##### -->
<para>
Internally used structure in the drag-and-drop and
selection handling code.
</para>
@target:
@flags:
@info:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_entry_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@target:
@flags:
@info:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_entry_copy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_entry_free ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@data:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@targets:
@ntargets:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_ref ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_unref ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_add ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@target:
@flags:
@info:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_add_table ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@targets:
@ntargets:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_add_text_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@info:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_add_image_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@info:
@writable:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@info:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_add_rich_text_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@info:
@deserializable:
@buffer:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_remove ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@target:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_list_find ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@target:
@info:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_table_free ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@targets:
@n_targets:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_target_table_new_from_list ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@list:
@n_targets:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_owner_set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@selection:
@time_:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_owner_set_for_display ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@display:
@widget:
@selection:
@time_:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_add_target ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@selection:
@target:
@info:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_add_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@selection:
@targets:
@ntargets:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_clear_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@selection:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_convert ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
@selection:
@target:
@time_:
@Returns: x
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@type:
@format:
@data:
@length:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_set_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@str:
@len:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_set_pixbuf ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@pixbuf:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_set_uris ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@uris:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_uris ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@targets:
@n_atoms:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_targets_include_image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@writable:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_targets_include_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_targets_include_uri ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_targets_include_rich_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@buffer:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_selection ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_data ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_data_type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_display ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_format ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_get_target ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@selection_data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_targets_include_image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@targets:
@n_targets:
@writable:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_targets_include_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@targets:
@n_targets:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_targets_include_uri ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@targets:
@n_targets:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_targets_include_rich_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@targets:
@n_targets:
@buffer:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_remove_all ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@widget:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_copy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@data:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_selection_data_free ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@data:

482
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkspinbutton.sgml
View File

@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkSpinButton
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
Retrieve an integer or floating-point number from the user
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
A #GtkSpinButton is an ideal way to allow the user to set the value of some
attribute. Rather than having to directly type a number into a #GtkEntry,
#GtkSpinButton allows the user to click on one of two arrows to increment or
decrement the displayed value. A value can still be typed in, with the bonus
that it can be checked to ensure it is in a given range.
</para>
<para>
The main properties of a #GtkSpinButton are through a #GtkAdjustment. See the
#GtkAdjustment section for more details about an adjustment's properties.
</para>
<para>
<example>
<title>Using a <structname>GtkSpinButton</structname> to get an integer.</title>
<programlisting>
/* Provides a function to retrieve an integer value from a GtkSpinButton
* and creates a spin button to model percentage values.
*/
gint grab_int_value (GtkSpinButton *a_spinner, gpointer user_data) {
return gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (a_spinner);
}
void create_integer_spin_button (void) {
GtkWidget *window, *spinner;
GtkAdjustment *spinner_adj;
spinner_adj = gtk_adjustment_new (50.0, 0.0, 100.0, 1.0, 5.0, 5.0);
window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 5);
/* creates the spinner, with no decimal places */
spinner = gtk_spin_button_new (spinner_adj, 1.0, 0);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), spinner);
gtk_widget_show_all (window);
return;
}
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>
<example>
<title>Using a <structname>GtkSpinButton</structname> to get a floating point value.</title>
<programlisting>
/* Provides a function to retrieve a floating point value from a
* GtkSpinButton, and creates a high precision spin button.
*/
gfloat grab_int_value (GtkSpinButton *a_spinner, gpointer user_data) {
return gtk_spin_button_get_value (a_spinner);
}
void create_floating_spin_button (void) {
GtkWidget *window, *spinner;
GtkAdjustment *spinner_adj;
spinner_adj = gtk_adjustment_new (2.500, 0.0, 5.0, 0.001, 0.1, 0.1);
window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 5);
/* creates the spinner, with three decimal places */
spinner = gtk_spin_button_new (spinner_adj, 0.001, 3);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), spinner);
gtk_widget_show_all (window);
return;
}
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>#GtkEntry</term>
<listitem><para>retrieve text rather than numbers.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkSpinButton ##### -->
<para>
<structfield>entry</structfield> is the #GtkEntry part of the #GtkSpinButton
widget, and can be used accordingly. All other fields contain private data
and should only be modified using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkSpinButton::change-value ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spinbutton: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkSpinButton::input ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spinbutton: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkSpinButton::output ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spinbutton: the object which received the signal.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkSpinButton::value-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spinbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkSpinButton::wrapped ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spinbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:adjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:climb-rate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:digits ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:numeric ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:snap-to-ticks ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:update-policy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:value ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:wrap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSpinButton:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
the type of border that surrounds the arrows of a spin button.
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy ##### -->
<para>
<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none" role="enum">
<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"/><colspec colwidth="8*"/>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS</entry>
<entry>When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is always displayed.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID</entry>
<entry>When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is only displayed if it is valid within the bounds of the spin button's #GtkAdjustment.</entry>
</row>
</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
</para>
@GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS:
@GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkSpinType ##### -->
<para>
<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none" role="struct">
<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"/><colspec colwidth="8*"/>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>GTK_SPIN_STEP_FORWARD,
GTK_SPIN_STEP_BACKWARD,
GTK_SPIN_PAGE_FORWARD,
GTK_SPIN_PAGE_BACKWARD</entry>
<entry>These values spin a #GtkSpinButton by the relevant values of the spin button's #GtkAdjustment.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>GTK_SPIN_HOME,
GTK_SPIN_END</entry>
<entry>These set the spin button's value to the minimum or maxmimum possible values, (set by its #GtkAdjustment), respectively.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>GTK_SPIN_USER_DEFINED</entry>
<entry>The programmer must specify the exact amount to spin the #GtkSpinButton.</entry>
</row>
</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
</para>
@GTK_SPIN_STEP_FORWARD:
@GTK_SPIN_STEP_BACKWARD:
@GTK_SPIN_PAGE_FORWARD:
@GTK_SPIN_PAGE_BACKWARD:
@GTK_SPIN_HOME:
@GTK_SPIN_END:
@GTK_SPIN_USER_DEFINED:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_configure ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@adjustment:
@climb_rate:
@digits:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkSpinButton.
</para>
@adjustment: the #GtkAdjustment object that this spin button should use.
@climb_rate: specifies how much the spin button changes when an arrow is clicked on.
@digits: the number of decimal places to display.
@Returns: The new spin button as a #GtkWidget.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_new_with_range ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@min:
@max:
@step:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_adjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@adjustment:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_adjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_digits ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@digits:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_increments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@step:
@page:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_range ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@min:
@max:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_value ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@value:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@policy:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_numeric ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@numeric:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_spin ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@direction:
@increment:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_wrap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@wrap:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@snap_to_ticks:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_update ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_digits ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_increments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@step:
@page:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_numeric ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_range ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@min:
@max:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_snap_to_ticks ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_update_policy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_value ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_spin_button_get_wrap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@spin_button:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_INPUT_ERROR ##### -->
<para>
</para>

2
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtktextbuffer.sgml
View File

@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ It must return the serialized form of the content.
</para>
@register_buffer: the #GtkTextBuffer for which the format is registered
@content_buffer: the #GtkTextsBuffer to serialize
@content_buffer: the #GtkTextBuffer to serialize
@start: start of the block of text to serialize
@end: end of the block of text to serialize
@length: Return location for the length of the serialized data

498
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtktexttag.sgml
View File

@ -1,498 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkTextTag
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
A tag that can be applied to text in a GtkTextBuffer
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
You may wish to begin by reading the <link linkend="TextWidget">text widget
conceptual overview</link> which gives an overview of all the objects and data
types related to the text widget and how they work together.
</para>
<para>
Tags should be in the #GtkTextTagTable for a given #GtkTextBuffer
before using them with that buffer.
</para>
<para>
gtk_text_buffer_create_tag() is the best way to create tags.
See <application>gtk-demo</application> for numerous examples.
</para>
<para>
The "invisible" property was not implemented for GTK+ 2.0.
It is working (with minor issues) since 2.8.
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTextTag ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkTextTag::event ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@texttag: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@event:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:accumulative-margin ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:background ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:background-full-height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:background-full-height-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:background-gdk ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:background-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:direction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:editable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:editable-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:family ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:family-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:font-desc ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:foreground ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:foreground-gdk ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:foreground-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:indent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:indent-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:invisible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:invisible-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:justification ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:justification-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:language ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:language-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:left-margin ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:left-margin-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:paragraph-background ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:paragraph-background-gdk ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:paragraph-background-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:pixels-above-lines ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:pixels-above-lines-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:pixels-below-lines ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:pixels-below-lines-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:pixels-inside-wrap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:pixels-inside-wrap-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:right-margin ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:right-margin-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:rise ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:rise-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:scale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:scale-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:size-points ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:size-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:stretch ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:stretch-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:strikethrough ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:strikethrough-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:style-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:tabs ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:tabs-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:underline-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:variant ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:variant-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:weight ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:weight-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:wrap-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkTextTag:wrap-mode-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkWrapMode ##### -->
<para>
Describes a type of line wrapping.
</para>
@GTK_WRAP_NONE: do not wrap lines; just make the text area wider
@GTK_WRAP_CHAR: wrap text, breaking lines anywhere the cursor can
appear (between characters, usually - if you want to
be technical, between graphemes, see
pango_get_log_attrs())
@GTK_WRAP_WORD: wrap text, breaking lines in between words
@GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR: wrap text, breaking lines in between words, or if
that is not enough, also between graphemes.
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTextAttributes ##### -->
<para>
Using #GtkTextAttributes directly should rarely be necessary. It's
primarily useful with gtk_text_iter_get_attributes(). As with most
GTK+ structs, the fields in this struct should only be read, never
modified directly.
</para>
@appearance: pointer to sub-struct containing certain attributes
@justification:
@direction:
@font:
@font_scale:
@left_margin:
@indent:
@right_margin:
@pixels_above_lines:
@pixels_below_lines:
@pixels_inside_wrap:
@tabs:
@wrap_mode:
@language:
@invisible:
@bg_full_height:
@editable:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_tag_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@name:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_tag_get_priority ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tag:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_tag_set_priority ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tag:
@priority:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_tag_event ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tag:
@event_object:
@event:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTextAppearance ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@bg_color:
@fg_color:
@rise:
@underline:
@strikethrough:
@draw_bg:
@inside_selection:
@is_text:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_attributes_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_attributes_copy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@src:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_attributes_copy_values ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@src:
@dest:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_attributes_unref ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@values:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_text_attributes_ref ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@values:
@Returns:

864
docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodel.sgml
View File

@ -1,864 +0,0 @@
<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
GtkTreeModel
<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
The tree interface used by GtkTreeView
<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkTreeModel interface defines a generic tree interface for use by
the #GtkTreeView widget. It is an abstract interface, and is designed
to be usable with any appropriate data structure. The programmer just
has to implement this interface on their own data type for it to be
viewable by a #GtkTreeView widget.
</para>
<para>
The model is represented as a hierarchical tree of strongly-typed,
columned data. In other words, the model can be seen as a tree where
every node has different values depending on which column is being
queried. The type of data found in a column is determined by using the
GType system (ie. #G_TYPE_INT, #GTK_TYPE_BUTTON, #G_TYPE_POINTER, etc.).
The types are homogeneous per column across all nodes. It is important
to note that this interface only provides a way of examining a model and
observing changes. The implementation of each individual model decides
how and if changes are made.
</para>
<para>
In order to make life simpler for programmers who do not need to write
their own specialized model, two generic models are provided &mdash; the
#GtkTreeStore and the #GtkListStore. To use these, the developer simply
pushes data into these models as necessary. These models provide the
data structure as well as all appropriate tree interfaces. As a result,
implementing drag and drop, sorting, and storing data is trivial. For
the vast majority of trees and lists, these two models are sufficient.
</para>
<para>
Models are accessed on a node/column level of granularity. One can
query for the value of a model at a certain node and a certain column
on that node. There are two structures used to reference a particular
node in a model. They are the #GtkTreePath and the #GtkTreeIter
<footnote>
<para>
Here, <abbrev>iter</abbrev> is short for <quote>iterator</quote>
</para>
</footnote>
Most of the interface consists of operations on a #GtkTreeIter.
</para>
<para>
A path is essentially a potential node. It is a location on a model
that may or may not actually correspond to a node on a specific model.
The #GtkTreePath struct can be converted into either an array of
unsigned integers or a string. The string form is a list of numbers
separated by a colon. Each number refers to the offset at that level.
Thus, the path <quote>0</quote> refers to the root node and the path
<quote>2:4</quote> refers to the fifth child of the third node.
</para>
<para>
By contrast, a #GtkTreeIter is a reference to a specific node on a
specific model. It is a generic struct with an integer and three
generic pointers. These are filled in by the model in a model-specific
way. One can convert a path to an iterator by calling
gtk_tree_model_get_iter(). These iterators are the primary way of
accessing a model and are similar to the iterators used by
#GtkTextBuffer. They are generally statically allocated on the stack and
only used for a short time. The model interface defines a set of
operations using them for navigating the model.
</para>
<para>
It is expected that models fill in the iterator with private data. For
example, the #GtkListStore model, which is internally a simple linked
list, stores a list node in one of the pointers. The #GtkTreeModelSort
stores an array and an offset in two of the pointers. Additionally,
there is an integer field. This field is generally filled with a unique
stamp per model. This stamp is for catching errors resulting from using
invalid iterators with a model.
</para>
<para>
The lifecycle of an iterator can be a little confusing at first.
Iterators are expected to always be valid for as long as the model is
unchanged (and doesn't emit a signal). The model is considered to own
all outstanding iterators and nothing needs to be done to free them from
the user's point of view. Additionally, some models guarantee that an
iterator is valid for as long as the node it refers to is valid (most
notably the #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore). Although generally
uninteresting, as one always has to allow for the case where iterators
do not persist beyond a signal, some very important performance
enhancements were made in the sort model. As a result, the
#GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST flag was added to indicate this behavior.
</para>
<para>
To help show some common operation of a model, some examples are
provided. The first example shows three ways of getting the iter at the
location <quote>3:2:5</quote>. While the first method shown is easier,
the second is much more common, as you often get paths from callbacks.
</para>
<para>
<example>
<title>Acquiring a <structname>GtkTreeIter</structname></title>
<programlisting>
/* Three ways of getting the iter pointing to the location
*/
{
GtkTreePath *path;
GtkTreeIter iter;
GtkTreeIter parent_iter;
/* get the iterator from a string */
gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string (model, &amp;iter, "3:2:5");
/* get the iterator from a path */
path = gtk_tree_path_new_from_string ("3:2:5");
gtk_tree_model_get_iter (model, &amp;iter, path);
gtk_tree_path_free (path);
/* walk the tree to find the iterator */
gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &amp;iter, NULL, 3);
parent_iter = iter;
gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &amp;iter, &amp;parent_iter, 2);
parent_iter = iter;
gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &amp;iter, &amp;parent_iter, 5);
}
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>
This second example shows a quick way of iterating through a list and
getting a string and an integer from each row. The
<function>populate_model</function> function used below is not shown, as
it is specific to the #GtkListStore. For information on how to write
such a function, see the #GtkListStore documentation.
<example>
<title>Reading data from a <structname>GtkTreeModel</structname></title>
<programlisting>
enum
{
STRING_COLUMN,
INT_COLUMN,
N_COLUMNS
};
{
GtkTreeModel *list_store;
GtkTreeIter iter;
gboolean valid;
gint row_count = 0;
/* make a new list_store */
list_store = gtk_list_store_new (N_COLUMNS, G_TYPE_STRING, G_TYPE_INT);
/* Fill the list store with data */
populate_model (list_store);
/* Get the first iter in the list */
valid = gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (list_store, &amp;iter);
while (valid)
{
/* Walk through the list, reading each row */
gchar *str_data;
gint int_data;
/* Make sure you terminate calls to gtk_tree_model_get(<!-- -->)
* with a '-1' value
*/
gtk_tree_model_get (list_store, &amp;iter,
STRING_COLUMN, &amp;str_data,
INT_COLUMN, &amp;int_data,
-1);
/* Do something with the data */
g_print ("Row &percnt;d: (&percnt;s,&percnt;d)\n", row_count, str_data, int_data);
g_free (str_data);
row_count ++;
valid = gtk_tree_model_iter_next (list_store, &amp;iter);
}
}
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
#GtkTreeView, #GtkTreeStore, #GtkListStore, <link linkend="gtk-GtkTreeView-drag-and-drop">GtkTreeDnd</link>, #GtkTreeSortable
</para>
<!-- ##### SECTION Stability_Level ##### -->
<!-- ##### SECTION Image ##### -->
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTreeModel ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkTreeModel::row-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@treemodel: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkTreeModel::row-deleted ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@treemodel: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkTreeModel::row-has-child-toggled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@treemodel: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkTreeModel::row-inserted ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@treemodel: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@treemodel: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTreeIter ##### -->
<para>
The <structname>GtkTreeIter</structname> is the primary structure for
accessing a structure. Models are expected to put a unique integer in
the <structfield>stamp</structfield> member, and put model-specific
data in the three <structfield>user_data</structfield> members.
</para>
@stamp: A unique stamp to catch invalid iterators
@user_data: Model specific data
@user_data2: Model specific data
@user_data3: Model specific data
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTreePath ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTreeRowReference ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkTreeModelIface ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@g_iface:
@row_changed:
@row_inserted:
@row_has_child_toggled:
@row_deleted:
@rows_reordered:
@get_flags:
@get_n_columns:
@get_column_type:
@get_iter:
@get_path:
@get_value:
@iter_next:
@iter_children:
@iter_has_child:
@iter_n_children:
@iter_nth_child:
@iter_parent:
@ref_node:
@unref_node:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkTreeModelForeachFunc ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@model: The #GtkTreeModel currently being iterated
@path: The current #GtkTreePath
@iter: The current #GtkTreeIter
@data: The user data passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach()
@Returns: %TRUE to stop iterating, %FALSE to continue.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkTreeModelFlags ##### -->
<para>
These flags indicate various properties of a #GtkTreeModel. They are
returned by gtk_tree_model_get_flags(), and must be static for the
lifetime of the object. A more complete description of
#GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST can be found in the overview of this
section.
</para>
@GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST: Iterators survive all signals emitted by the tree.
@GTK_TREE_MODEL_LIST_ONLY: The model is a list only, and never has children
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_new_from_string ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@first_index:
@Varargs:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_to_string ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_new_first ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@void:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_append_index ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@index_:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_prepend_index ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@index_:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_get_depth ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_get_indices ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_get_indices_with_depth ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@depth:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_free ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_copy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_compare ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@a:
@b:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_next ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_prev ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_up ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_down ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_is_ancestor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@descendant:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_path_is_descendant ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@path:
@ancestor:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@model:
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@proxy:
@model:
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_get_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@reference:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_get_path ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@reference:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_valid ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@reference:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_free ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@reference:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_copy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@reference:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_inserted ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@proxy:
@path:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_deleted ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@proxy:
@path:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_row_reference_reordered ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@proxy:
@path:
@iter:
@new_order:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_iter_copy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_iter_free ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@iter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_flags ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_n_columns ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_column_type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@index_:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_iter ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@path:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@path_string:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_path ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_value ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@column:
@value:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_iter_next ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_iter_children ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@parent:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_iter_has_child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_iter_n_children ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@parent:
@n:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_iter_parent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@child:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_string_from_iter ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_ref_node ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_unref_node ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@Varargs:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_get_valist ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@iter:
@var_args:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_foreach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@model:
@func:
@user_data:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_row_changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@path:
@iter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_row_inserted ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@path:
@iter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_row_has_child_toggled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@path:
@iter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_row_deleted ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@path:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@tree_model:
@path:
@iter:
@new_order:

2
docs/reference/gtk/tree_widget.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="TreeWidget" revision="20 Mar 2002">
<refentry id="TreeWidget">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>Tree and List Widget Overview</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>

6
docs/reference/gtk/visual_index.xml
View File

@ -30,6 +30,9 @@
<link linkend="GtkFontButton">
<inlinegraphic fileref="font-button.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</link>
<link linkend="GtkAppChooserButton">
<inlinegraphic fileref="appchooserbutton.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</link>
<link linkend="GtkFrame">
<inlinegraphic fileref="frame.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</link>
@ -123,6 +126,9 @@
<link linkend="GtkFileChooserDialog">
<inlinegraphic fileref="filechooser.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</link>
<link linkend="GtkAppChooserDialog">
<inlinegraphic fileref="appchooserdialog.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</link>
<link linkend="GtkSwitch">
<inlinegraphic fileref="switch.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
</link>

2
docs/reference/gtk/windows.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="gtk-windows" revision="4 Feb 2001">
<refentry id="gtk-windows">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>Using GTK+ on Windows</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>

40
docs/reference/gtk/x11.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
]>
<refentry id="gtk-x11" revision="17 Jan 2002">
<refentry id="gtk-x11">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>Using GTK+ on the X Window System</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ X11 aspects of using GTK+
<title>GTK+ for the X Window System</title>
<para>
On UNIX, the X backend is the default build for GTK+. So
you don't need to do anything special when compiling it,
On UNIX, the X backend is the default build for GTK+.
So you don't need to do anything special when compiling it,
and everything should "just work."
</para>
<para>
To mix low-level Xlib routines into a GTK program,
To mix low-level Xlib routines into a GTK program,
see <link linkend="gdk-X-Window-System-Interaction">GDK X Window
System interaction</link> in the GDK manual.
</para>
@ -35,8 +35,7 @@ System interaction</link> in the GDK manual.
<title>X11-specific commandline options</title>
<para>
The X backend understands some additional command line
arguments.
The X backend understands some additional command line arguments.
</para>
<formalpara>
@ -44,34 +43,7 @@ arguments.
<para>
The name of the X display to open instead of the one specified
in the <envar>DISPLAY</envar> environment variable.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><systemitem>--screen <replaceable>screen_number</replaceable></systemitem></title>
<para>
The number of the screen within the default display. This overrides
any screen number specified in the display name specified by
by he <systemitem>--display</systemitem> command line option or
the <envar>DISPLAY</envar> environment variable. If this screen
cannot be opened, then GTK+ will fall back to the screen
specified in the display name. This option is not useful
interactively; the intended purposes is that when a program
registers its command line with a <firstterm>session
manager</firstterm> for later restarting, it can save the
screen it is on, without having to worry if it might be
restarted on a different display.
</para>
</formalpara>
<formalpara>
<title><systemitem>--sync</systemitem></title>
<para>
Makes all X requests synchronously. This is a useful option for
debugging, but it will slow down the performance considerably.
in the <envar>DISPLAY</envar> environment variable.
</para>
</formalpara>

7
docs/reference/libgail-util/Makefile.am
View File

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
include $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.decl
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.7
@ -27,10 +26,14 @@ GTKDOC_LIBS = $(top_builddir)/modules/other/gail/libgail-util/libgailutil.la
# gtkdoc-mkdb related varaibles
MKDB_OPTIONS =
content_files =
content_files = \
version.xml
HTML_IMAGES =
include $(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make
# Other files to distribute
EXTRA_DIST += version.xml.in
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk

1
docs/reference/libgail-util/gail-libgail-util-docs.sgml
View File

@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
<!ENTITY version SYSTEM "version.xml">
]>
<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
<bookinfo>

1
docs/reference/libgail-util/version.xml.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
@GTK_VERSION@

27
docs/tools/Makefile.am
View File

@ -1,22 +1,21 @@
include $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.decl
INCLUDES = \
-I$(top_srcdir) \
-I$(top_builddir)/gdk \
-I$(top_srcdir)/gdk \
-I$(top_srcdir)/gdk/x11 \
$(GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS) \
INCLUDES = \
-I$(top_srcdir) \
-I$(top_builddir)/gdk \
-I$(top_srcdir)/gdk \
-I$(top_srcdir)/gdk/x11 \
$(GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS) \
$(GTK_DEP_CFLAGS)
DEPS = \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/$(gtktargetlib)
DEPS = \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/libgtk-3.0.la
LDADDS = \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/$(gtktargetlib) \
$(GTK_DEP_LIBS) \
$(GDK_DEP_LIBS) \
LDADDS = \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/libgtk-3.0.la \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/libgdk-3.0.la \
$(GTK_DEP_LIBS) \
$(GDK_DEP_LIBS) \
-lm
if USE_X11

2
docs/tools/shooter.c
View File

@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ take_window_shot (Window child,
else
xid = child;
window = gdk_window_foreign_new (xid);
window = gdk_x11_window_foreign_new_for_display (gdk_display_get_default (), xid);
width = gdk_window_get_width (window);
height = gdk_window_get_height (window);

35
docs/tools/widgets.c
View File

@ -1070,6 +1070,39 @@ create_assistant (void)
return info;
}
static WidgetInfo *
create_appchooserbutton (void)
{
GtkWidget *picker;
GtkWidget *align, *vbox;
vbox = gtk_box_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 3);
align = gtk_alignment_new (0.5, 0.5, 0.0, 0.0);
picker = gtk_app_chooser_button_new ("text/plain");
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (align), picker);
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), align, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox),
gtk_label_new ("Application Button"),
FALSE, FALSE, 0);
return new_widget_info ("appchooserbutton", vbox, SMALL);
}
static WidgetInfo *
create_appchooserdialog (void)
{
WidgetInfo *info;
GtkWidget *widget;
widget = gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new_for_content_type (NULL, 0, "image/png");
gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (widget), 200, 300);
info = new_widget_info ("appchooserdialog", widget, ASIS);
info->include_decorations = TRUE;
return info;
}
GList *
get_all_widgets (void)
{
@ -1117,6 +1150,8 @@ get_all_widgets (void)
retval = g_list_prepend (retval, create_print_dialog ());
retval = g_list_prepend (retval, create_volume_button ());
retval = g_list_prepend (retval, create_switch ());
retval = g_list_prepend (retval, create_appchooserbutton ());
retval = g_list_prepend (retval, create_appchooserdialog ());
return retval;
}

2
docs/widget_system.txt
View File

@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ In the following
widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE
=> GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget)
<=> GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget)
Note:, the definition

13
examples/Makefile.am
View File

@ -45,8 +45,15 @@ INCLUDES = \
$(GTK_DEP_CFLAGS)
LDADD = \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/$(gdktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/$(gtktargetlib) \
$(top_builddir)/gtk/libgtk-3.0.la \
$(GTK_DEP_LIBS)
noinst_PROGRAMS = hello-world window-default
drawing_LDADD = $(LDADD) \
$(top_builddir)/gdk/libgdk-3.0.la
noinst_PROGRAMS = \
hello-world \
window-default \
bloatpad \
grid-packing \
drawing

0
gtk/tests/gtk-example-application.c → examples/bloatpad.c
View File

200
examples/drawing.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
/* Surface to store current scribbles */
static cairo_surface_t *surface = NULL;
static void
clear_surface (void)
{
cairo_t *cr;
cr = cairo_create (surface);
cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 1, 1, 1);
cairo_paint (cr);
cairo_destroy (cr);
}
/* Create a new surface of the appropriate size to store our scribbles */
static gboolean
configure_event_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventConfigure *event,
gpointer data)
{
if (surface)
cairo_surface_destroy (surface);
surface = gdk_window_create_similar_surface (gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
CAIRO_CONTENT_COLOR,
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (widget),
gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (widget));
/* Initialize the surface to white */
clear_surface ();
/* We've handled the configure event, no need for further processing. */
return TRUE;
}
/* Redraw the screen from the surface. Note that the ::draw
* signal receives a ready-to-be-used cairo_t that is already
* clipped to only draw the exposed areas of the widget
*/
static gboolean
draw_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_t *cr,
gpointer data)
{
cairo_set_source_surface (cr, surface, 0, 0);
cairo_paint (cr);
return FALSE;
}
/* Draw a rectangle on the surface at the given position */
static void
draw_brush (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble x,
gdouble y)
{
cairo_t *cr;
/* Paint to the surface, where we store our state */
cr = cairo_create (surface);
cairo_rectangle (cr, x - 3, y - 3, 6, 6);
cairo_fill (cr);
cairo_destroy (cr);
/* Now invalidate the affected region of the drawing area. */
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget, x - 3, y - 3, 6, 6);
}
/* Handle button press events by either drawing a rectangle
* or clearing the surface, depending on which button was pressed.
* The ::button-press signal handler receives a GdkEventButton
* struct which contains this information.
*/
static gboolean
button_press_event_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventButton *event,
gpointer data)
{
/* paranoia check, in case we haven't gotten a configure event */
if (surface == NULL)
return FALSE;
if (event->button == 1)
{
draw_brush (widget, event->x, event->y);
}
else if (event->button == 3)
{
clear_surface ();
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
/* We've handled the event, stop processing */
return TRUE;
}
/* Handle motion events by continuing to draw if button 1 is
* still held down. The ::motion-notify signal handler receives
* a GdkEventMotion struct which contains this information.
*/
static gboolean
motion_notify_event_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventMotion *event,
gpointer data)
{
int x, y;
GdkModifierType state;
/* paranoia check, in case we haven't gotten a configure event */
if (surface == NULL)
return FALSE;
/* This call is very important; it requests the next motion event.
* If you don't call gdk_window_get_pointer() you'll only get
* a single motion event. The reason is that we specified
* GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK to gtk_widget_set_events().
* If we hadn't specified that, we could just use event->x, event->y
* as the pointer location. But we'd also get deluged in events.
* By requesting the next event as we handle the current one,
* we avoid getting a huge number of events faster than we
* can cope.
*/
gdk_window_get_pointer (event->window, &x, &y, &state);
if (state & GDK_BUTTON1_MASK)
draw_brush (widget, x, y);
/* We've handled it, stop processing */
return TRUE;
}
static void
close_window (void)
{
if (surface)
cairo_surface_destroy (surface);
gtk_main_quit ();
}
int
main (int argc,
char *argv[])
{
GtkWidget *window;
GtkWidget *frame;
GtkWidget *da;
gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Drawing Area");
g_signal_connect (window, "destroy", G_CALLBACK (close_window), NULL);
gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 8);
frame = gtk_frame_new (NULL);
gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (frame), GTK_SHADOW_IN);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), frame);
da = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
/* set a minimum size */
gtk_widget_set_size_request (da, 100, 100);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), da);
/* Signals used to handle the backing surface */
g_signal_connect (da, "draw",
G_CALLBACK (draw_cb), NULL);
g_signal_connect (da,"configure-event",
G_CALLBACK (configure_event_cb), NULL);
/* Event signals */
g_signal_connect (da, "motion-notify-event",
G_CALLBACK (motion_notify_event_cb), NULL);
g_signal_connect (da, "button-press-event",
G_CALLBACK (button_press_event_cb), NULL);
/* Ask to receive events the drawing area doesn't normally
* subscribe to. In particular, we need to ask for the
* button press and motion notify events that want to handle.
*/
gtk_widget_set_events (da, gtk_widget_get_events (da)
| GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK
| GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK
| GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
gtk_widget_show_all (window);
gtk_main ();
return 0;
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More